Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

it's rare in a child of that age

  • 1 chez

    chez [∫e]
    • être/rester chez soi to be/stay at home to be/stay in
    • faites comme chez vous ! make yourself at home!
    • on n'est plus chez soi avec tous ces touristes ! it doesn't feel like home any more with all these tourists around!
       b. chez qn (maison) at sb's house ; (appartement) at sb's flat (Brit) or apartment (US)
    • chez moi, c'est tout petit my place is tiny
    • chez M. Lebrun (sur une adresse) c/o Mr Lebrun
    • chez les fourmis/le singe in ants/monkeys
    • chez les hommes/les femmes (Sport) in the men's/women's event
       e. (avec personne, œuvre) chez Balzac in Balzac
    • chez lui, c'est une habitude it's a habit with him
    * * *
    ʃe
    2) (au magasin, cabinet de)

    va chez Hallé, c'est un très bon médecin — go to Hallé, he's/she's a very good doctor

    ‘chez Juliette’ — ( sur une enseigne) ‘Juliette's’

    chez moi/vous/eux — in my/your/their family

    ça va bien/mal chez eux — things are going well/badly for them

    4) (dans le pays, la région de)

    chez nous — ( d'où je viens) where I come from; ( où j'habite) where I live

    chez eux ils appellent ça... — in their part of the world they call this...

    un nom bien de chez nous — (colloq) ( de France) a good old French name; ( de notre région) a good old local name

    5) ( parmi) among

    chez l'homme/l'animal — in man/animals

    ce que j'aime chez elle, c'est son humour — what I like about her, is her sense of humour [BrE]

    * * *
    ʃe prép
    1) (situation: dans la demeure de)

    chez qn — at sb's house, at sb's place

    chez moi — at my house, at home

    Chez moi, c'est moderne: la maison a dû être construite il y a une vingtaine d'années. — My house is modern: it must have been built about twenty years ago.

    Je suis resté chez moi ce week-end. — I stayed at home this weekend.

    2) (direction: à la demeure de)

    chez qn — to sb's house, to sb's place

    chez moi — to my house, home

    Viens chez moi, je te montrerai ma collection de timbres. — Come to my house, I'll show you my stamp collection.

    Viens chez moi, il y une chambre d'amis. — Come and stay at my place, there's a spare bed.

    3) (= à l'entreprise de) (situation) at, (direction) to

    Il travaille chez Renault. — He works for Renault., He works at Renault.

    Je vais chez Larousse cet après-midi. — I'm going to Larousse this afternoon.

    4) (avec profession libérale, un magasin) (situation) at, (direction) to

    chez le boulanger (situation) — at the baker's, (direction) to the baker's

    chez le dentiste (situation) — at the dentist's, (direction) to the dentist's

    J'ai rendez-vous chez le dentiste demain matin. — I've got an appointment at the dentist's tomorrow morning.

    Je vais chez le dentiste. — I'm going to the dentist's.

    5) (= dans le caractère, l'œuvre de) in

    Chez lui, c'est une obsession. — With him it's an obsession.

    * * *
    chez prép
    1 ( au domicile de) chez qn at sb's place; chez David at David's (place); rentre chez toi go home; je reste/travaille/mange chez moi I stay/work/eat at home; tu peux dormir/rester chez moi you can sleep/stay at my place; viens chez moi come to my place; on va chez toi ou chez moi? your place or mine?; on passe chez elle en route we call in on her on the way; de chez qn [téléphoner, sortir, venir] from sb's place; de Paris à chez moi from Paris to my place; je ne veux pas de ça chez moi! I'll have none of that in my home!; fais comme chez toi aussi iron make yourself at home also iron; il a été suivi jusque chez lui he was followed home; derrière chez eux il y a une immense forêt there is a huge forest behind their house; chez qui l'as-tu rencontré? whose place did you meet him at?; vous habitez chez vos parents? do you live with your parents?; faire irruption chez qn to burst in on sb; il a retrouvé le livre chez lui he found the book at home;
    2 ⇒ Les métiers et les professions (magasin, usine, cabinet etc) je ne me sers plus chez eux I don't go there any more; la montre ne vient pas de chez nous this watch doesn't come from our shop GB ou store US; en vente chez tous les dépositaires on sale at all agents; il ne se fait plus soigner les dents chez elle he doesn't use her as a dentist any more; va chez Hallé, c'est un très bon médecin go to Hallé, he's a very good doctor; s'habiller chez un grand couturier to buy one's clothes from a top designer; une montre de chez Lip a Lip watch; paru or publié chez Hachette published by Hachette; le nouveau parfum de chez Patou the new perfume by Patou; je fais mes courses chez l'épicier du coin I do my shopping at the local grocer's; il travaille chez Merlin-Gerin he works at Merlin-Gerin; ‘chez Juliette’ ( sur une enseigne) ‘Juliette's’; il va passer à la télévision, chez Rapp he's going to be on television, on the Rapp show; être convoqué chez le patron ( à son bureau) to be called in before the boss;
    3 ( dans la famille de) chez moi/vous/eux in my/your/their family; comment ça va chez les Pichon? how are the Pichons doing?; ça va bien/mal chez eux things are going well/badly for them;
    4 (dans le pays, la région de) chez nous ( d'où je viens) where I come from; ( où j'habite) where I live; c'est une expression de chez nous it's a local expression; chez eux ils appellent ça… in their part of the world they call this…; un nom/fromage bien de chez nous○ ( de France) a good old French name/cheese; ( de notre région) a good old local name/cheese;
    5 ( parmi) among, chez les enseignants/les femmes enceintes/les Romains among teachers/pregnant women/the Romans; chez les insectes among insects; maladie fréquente chez les bovins common disease in cattle; chez l'homme/l'animal in man/animals;
    6 ( dans la personnalité de) qu'est-ce que tu aimes chez un homme? what do you like in a man?; ce que j'aime chez elle, c'est son humour what I like about her, is her sense of humourGB; c'est une obsession chez elle! it's an obsession with her!;
    7 ( dans l'œuvre de) in; chez Cocteau/Mozart/les surréalistes in Cocteau/Mozart/the surrealists; un thème récurrent chez Buñuel/Prévert a recurrent theme in Buñuel/Prévert.
    [ʃe] préposition
    1. [dans la demeure de]
    il habite chez moi en ce moment he's living with me ou he's staying at my place at the moment
    a. [à pied] she walked him home
    b. [en voiture] she gave him a lift home
    ça s'est passé pas loin de/devant chez nous it happened not far from/right outside where we live
    chez M. Durand [dans une adresse] care of Mr Durand
    b. (ironique) do make yourself at home, won't you
    a. [dans ma famille] in my ou our family
    b. [dans mon pays] in my ou our country
    c'est une coutume/un accent bien de chez nous it's a typical local custom/accent
    2. [dans un magasin, une société etc.]
    aller chez le coiffeur/le médecin to go to the hairdresser's/the doctor's
    je l'ai acheté chez Denver & Smith I bought it from Denver \_ Smith
    une robe de chez Dior a Dior dress, a dress designed by Dior
    3. [dans un pays, un groupe]
    chez l'homme/la femme in men/women
    4. [dans une personne]
    il y a quelque chose que j'apprécie particulièrement chez eux, c'est leur générosité something I particularly like about them is their generosity
    5. [dans l'œuvre de] in

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > chez

  • 2 si

    I.
    si1 [si]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
       a. if
    • s'il fait beau demain, je sortirai if it's fine tomorrow, I'll go out
    • si j'avais de l'argent, j'achèterais une voiture if I had any money, I would buy a car
    • tu viendras ? si oui, préviens-moi à l'avance are you coming? if so, tell me in advance
    • si seulement il venait/était venu if only he was coming/had come
    • si c'est ça, je m'en vais (inf) if that's how it is, I'm off (inf)
    • s'il a tant de succès c'est que... if he is so successful it's because...
       b. (interrogation indirecte) if, whether
    • il ignore si elle viendra he doesn't know whether or if she'll come (or not)
    • tu imagines s'il était fier ! you can imagine how proud he was!
    • si je veux y aller ? quelle question ! do I want to go? what a question!
    • si j'avais su ! if only I had known!
    • et s'il refusait ? and what if he refused?
    • si ses intentions étaient louables, l'effet de son discours a été désastreux while his motives were excellent, the results of his speech were disastrous
       e. (locutions) et si tu lui téléphonais ? how about phoning him?
    ► si ce n'est...
    • qui peut le savoir, si ce n'est lui ? if he doesn't know, who will?
    • si ce n'est elle, qui aurait osé ? who but she would have dared?
    • il n'avait rien emporté, si ce n'est quelques biscuits he had taken nothing with him apart from a few biscuits
    • elle va bien, si ce n'est qu'elle est très fatiguée she's quite well apart from the fact that she is very tired► si tant est que
    • ils sont sous-payés, si tant est qu'on les paie they are underpaid, if they are paid at all
    2. <
       a. (affirmatif) vous ne venez pas ? -- si/mais si aren't you coming? -- yes I am/of course I am
    • vous n'avez rien mangé ? -- si, une pomme haven't you had anything to eat? -- yes (I have), an apple
    • si, si, il faut venir oh but you must come!
    • il n'a pas voulu, moi si he didn't want to, but I did
    • il n'a pas écrit ? -- il paraît que si hasn't he written? -- yes, it seems that he has
    • je croyais qu'elle ne voulait pas venir, mais il m'a dit que si I thought she didn't want to come but he said she did
       b. ( = tellement) (modifiant un attribut, un adverbe) so ; (modifiant un épithète) such
    • il est stupide, non ? -- si peu ! (ironic) he's stupid, isn't he? -- and how! (inf)
    • on est parti en retard, si bien qu'on a raté le train we left late so we missed the train
    • si bête soit-il, il comprendra however stupid he is he will understand
       d. ( = aussi) as
    II.
    si2 [si]
    invariable masculine noun
    * * *
    Note: si adverbe de degré modifiant un adjectif a deux traductions en anglais selon que l'adjectif modifié est attribut: la maison est si jolie = the house is so pretty, ou épithète: une si jolie maison = such a pretty house
    Dans le cas de l'épithète il existe une deuxième possibilité, assez rare et littéraire, citée pour information: = so pretty a house

    I
    1. si
    nom masculin invariable if

    2.

    ‘tu ne le veux pas?’ - ‘si!’ — ‘don't you want it?’ - ‘yes I do!’

    mais si — yes, of course

    je suis heureux de visiter votre si jolie ville — I'm glad to visit your town, it's so pretty

    si bien que — ( par conséquent) so; ( à tel point que) so much so that


    3.
    conjonction (s' before il or ils)

    si ce n'est (pas) toi, qui est-ce? — if it wasn't you, who was it?, if not you, who?

    je me demande s'il viendra — I wonder if ou whether he'll come

    3) ( quand) if

    enfant, si je lisais, je n'aimais pas être dérangé — when I was a child I used to hate being disturbed if ou when I was reading

    si la France est favorable au projet, les autres pays y sont violemment opposés — whereas France is in favour [BrE] of the project, the other countries are violently opposed to it


    II si
    nom masculin invariable ( note) B; ( en solfiant) ti
    * * *
    abr nm
    See:
    * * *
    I.
    si nm inv ( note) B; ( en solfiant) ti.
    II.
    si
    ❢ Si adverbe de degré modifiant un adjectif a deux traductions en anglais selon que l'adjectif modifié est attribut: la maison est si jolie = the house is so pretty, ou épithète: une si jolie maison = such a pretty house. Dans le cas de l'épithète il existe une deuxième possibilité, assez rare et littéraire, citée pour information: = so pretty a house.
    A nm inv if; des si et des mais ifs and buts.
    B adv
    1 ( marquant l'affirmation) yes; ‘tu ne le veux pas?’-‘si!’ ‘don't you want it?’-‘yes I do!’; ‘ils n'ont pas encore vendu leur maison?’-‘il me semble que si’ ‘haven't they sold their house yet?’-‘yes, I think they have’; il n'ira pas, moi si he won't go, but I will; mais si yes, of course; ‘tu ne le veux pas?’-‘mais si’ ‘don't you want it?’-‘yes, of course I do’; si fort littér yes indeed;
    2 ( marquant l'intensité) so; ce n'est pas si simple it's not so simple; de si bon matin so early in the morning; de si bonne heure so early; c'est un homme si agréable he's such a pleasant man; vous habitez un si joli pays you live in such a lovely country; je suis heureux de visiter votre si jolie ville I'm glad to visit your town, it's so pretty; j'ai eu si peur que I was so afraid that; si bien que ( par conséquent) so; ( à tel point que) so much so that; elle n'a pas écrit, si bien que je ne sais pas à quelle heure elle arrive she hasn't written, so I don't know what time she's arriving; elle s'agitait en tous sens si bien qu'elle a fini par tomber she was flapping about all over the place, so much so that she fell over; tant et si bien que so much so that;
    3 ( pour marquer la comparaison) rien n'est si beau qu'un coucher de soleil there's nothing so beautiful as a sunset; est-elle si bête qu'on le dit? is she as stupid as people say (she is)?;
    4 ( pour marquer la concession) si loin que vous alliez nous saurons bien vous retrouver however far away you go ou no matter how far away you go, we will be able to find you; si intelligent qu'il soit or soit-il, il ne peut pas tout savoir as intelligent as he is ou however intelligent he is, he can't know everything; si pénible que soit la situation however hard the situation may be; si peu que ce soit however little it may be.
    C conj (s' before il or ils)
    1 ( marquant l'éventualité) if; si ce n'est (pas) toi, qui est-ce? if it wasn't you, who was it?; il n'a rien pris avec lui si ce n'est un livre et son parapluie he didn't take anything with him apart from ou other than a book and his umbrella; l'une des villes les plus belles, si ce n'est la plus belle one of the most beautiful cities, if not the most beautiful; personne n'a compris si ce n'est le meilleur de la classe nobody understood except the best pupil in the class; si ce n'était la peur d'être malade j'irais avec vous if it weren't for fear of getting ill I'd go with you; à quoi servent ces réunions si ce n'est à nous faire perdre notre temps? what purpose do these meetings serve other than to waste our time?; si c'est (comme) ça, je pars if that's how it is, I'm leaving; s'il vient demain et qu'il fait beau if he comes tomorrow and the weather's fine; lui seul peut trouver une solution, si solution il y a only he can find a solution, if there is one ou a solution; si oui if so; était-il à Paris? si oui avec qui? si non pourquoi? was he in Paris? if he was, who was he with? if he wasn't, why?; explique-moi tout si tant est que tu puisses le faire tell me everything, if you can do it that is; je ne sais pas s'il pourra nous prêter la somme avant dimanche, si tant est qu'il veuille bien nous la prêter I don't know if he will be able to lend us the money before Sunday, if he's willing to lend it to us at all (that is); si tant est qu'une telle distinction ait un sens if such a distinction makes any sense; c'est un brave homme s'il en est he's a brave man if ever there was one; c'était un homme cultivé s'il en fut he was an educated man if ever there was one;
    3 ( exprimant l'hypothèse dans le passé) if; si j'avais su qu'il était à Paris je l'aurais invité if I had known that he was in Paris I would have invited him; si j'avais eu l'argent if I had had the money;
    4 ( quand) if; s'il pleurait elle le prenait tout de suite dans ses bras if he cried she would pick him up straightaway; enfant, si je lisais, je n'aimais pas être dérangé when I was a child I used to hate being disturbed if ou when I was reading;
    5 ( dans une phrase exclamative) if only; si vous pouviez venir! if only you could come!, I wish you would come!; si au moins vous m'aviez téléphoné! if only you had phoned me!; si encore or enfin or seulement or même if only; si j'avais su! if only I'd known!, had I known!; vous pensez si j'étais content! you can imagine how happy I was!; si j'ai envie de partir? ah ça oui! do I want to leave? but of course I do!; et si je le rencontrais dans la rue! just imagine if ou just suppose I meet him in the street!;
    6 ( introduit la suggestion) si tu venais avec moi? how ou what about coming with me?, why don't you come with me?; si nous allions dîner au restaurant? how ou what about going out for dinner?; si tu venais passer le week-end avec nous? why don't you come and spend the weekend with us?; et s'il décidait de ne pas venir? and what if he decided not to come?; et si tu lui écrivais? why don't you write to him/her?;
    7 ( pour marquer l'opposition) whereas; si la France est favorable au projet, les autres pays y sont violemment opposés whereas France is in favourGB of the project, the other countries are violently opposed to it;
    8 ( introduit une interrogation indirecte) if, whether; je me demande s'il viendra I wonder if ou whether he'll come.
    I
    [si] adverbe
    1. [tellement - avec un adjectif attribut, un adverbe, un nom] so ; [ - avec un adjectif épithète] such
    je la vois si peu I see so little of her, I see her so rarely
    si... que so... that
    2. [exprimant la concession] however
    si aimable soit-il... however nice he may be...
    si dur que ça puisse paraître, je ne céderai pas however hard it may seem ou hard as it may seem I won't give way
    si vous le vexez si peu que ce soit, il fond en larmes if you upset him even the slightest bit, he bursts into tears
    3. [dans une comparaison]
    si... que as... as
    4. [en réponse affirmative] yes
    ça n'a pas d'importance — si, ça en a! it doesn't matter — it does ou yes it does!
    je ne veux pas que tu me rembourses — si, si, voici ce que je te dois I don't want you to pay me back — no, I insist, here's what I owe you
    tu ne vas quand même pas lui dire? — oh que si! still, you're not going to tell him, are you? — oh yes I am!
    ————————
    [si] conjonction (devant 'il' ou 'ils' s' [s])
    1. [exprimant une condition] if
    si tu veux, on y va we'll go if you want
    si tu ne réfléchis pas par toi-même et si ou que tu crois tout ce qu'on te dit... if you don't think for yourself and you believe everything people tell you...
    je ne lui dirai que si tu es d'accord I'll tell him only if you agree, I won't tell him unless you agree
    si tu oses...! [ton menaçant] don't you dare!
    avez-vous des enfants? si oui, remplissez le cadre ci-dessous do you have any children? if yes, fill in the box below
    2. [exprimant une hypothèse] if
    si tu venais de bonne heure, on pourrait finir avant midi if you came early we would be able to finish before midday
    s'il m'arrivait quelque chose, prévenez John should anything happen to me ou if anything should happen to me, call John
    ah toi, si je ne me retenais pas...! just count yourself lucky I'm restraining myself!
    si j'avais su, je me serais méfié if I had known ou had I known, I would have been more cautious
    3. [exprimant une éventualité] what if
    4. [exprimant une suggestion] what about
    5. [exprimant un souhait, un regret]
    ah, si j'étais plus jeune! I wish ou if only I were younger!
    6. [dans l'interrogation indirecte] if, whether
    dites-moi si vous venez tell me if ou whether you're coming
    7. [introduisant une complétive] if, that
    8. [introduisant une explication] if
    si quelqu'un a le droit de se plaindre, c'est bien moi! if anyone has reason to complain, it's me!
    9. [exprimant la répétition] if, when
    si je prends une initiative, elle la désapprouve whenever ou every time I take the initiative, she disapproves (of it)
    10. [exprimant la concession, l'opposition]
    si son premier roman a été un succès, le second a été éreinté par la critique though her first novel was a success, the second was slated by the critics
    11. [emploi exclamatif]
    tu penses s'il était déçu/heureux! you can imagine how disappointed/happy he was!
    si je m'attendais à te voir ici! well, I (certainly) didn't expect to meet you here ou fancy meeting you here!
    ————————
    [si] nom masculin invariable
    avec des si, on mettrait Paris en bouteille (proverbe) if ifs and buts were pots and pans, there'd be no trade for tinkers (proverbe)
    ————————
    si bien que locution conjonctive
    [de telle sorte que] so
    il ne sait pas lire une carte, si bien qu'on s'est perdus he can't read a map, and so we got lost
    si ce n'est locution prépositionnelle
    1. [pour rectifier] if not
    ça a duré une bonne heure, si ce n'est deux it lasted at least an hour, if not two
    2. [excepté] apart from, except
    tout vous convient? — oui, si ce n'est le prix is everything to your satisfaction? — yes, apart from ou except the price
    si ce n'était sa timidité, c'est un garçon très agréable he's a nice young man, if a little shy
    si ce n'est toi, c'est donc ton frère La Fontaine (allusion) if it's not you, then it must be your double ou your twin brother (humoristique)
    si ce n'est que locution conjonctive
    il n'a pas de régime, si ce n'est qu'il ne doit pas fumer he has no special diet, except that he mustn't smoke
    si tant est que locution conjonctive
    on se retrouvera à 18 h, si tant est que l'avion arrive à l'heure we'll meet at 6 p.m. provided (that) ou if the plane arrives on time
    II
    [si] nom masculin invariable
    [chanté] si, ti
    voir aussi link=fa fa

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > si

  • 3 común

    adj.
    1 common, average, ordinary, commonplace.
    2 common, regular, everyday, usual.
    3 common, joint, general, group.
    * * *
    1 (gen) common
    2 (compartido) shared, communal
    3 (amigos) mutual
    1 the community
    1 PLÍTICA the Commons
    \
    fuera de lo común out of the ordinary
    hacer algo en común to do something jointly
    por lo común generally
    tener en común (parecerse) to have in common 2 (compartir) to share
    bien común common good
    el común de la gente the majority of people
    * * *
    adj.
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) (=compartido) [afición, intereses] common; [amigo] mutual

    tienen una serie de características comunes — they share a series of features, they have a series of common features o features in common

    • común a algn/algo — common to sb/sth

    lo común a todas las democracias — what all democracies share in common, a feature common to all democracies

    2) (=colectivo) [causa, frente, espacio] common; [gastos] communal

    • tener algo en común — to have sth in common

    • hacer algo en común — to do sth together

    • poner en común — [+ iniciativas, problemas] to share

    acuerdo 1), bien 4., 2), denominador, fosa, lugar 1), mercado, sentido 2., 1), b)
    3) (=frecuente) [enfermedad, opinión] common, widespread; [costumbre] widespread; [cualidad] common, ordinary

    • común y corriente — perfectly ordinary

    • fuera de lo común — exceptional, extraordinary

    tiene una voz única, algo fuera de lo común — she has a unique voice, quite exceptional o extraordinary

    • por lo común — as a rule

    • común y silvestre — LAm perfectly ordinary

    delincuente, nombre 2)
    4) Esp (Educ) [asignatura] core
    2. SM
    1)

    el común de los mortales — ordinary mortals, any ordinary person

    2) * (=retrete) toilet, bathroom
    3) (Pol) [en el Reino Unido]
    * * *
    1)
    a) <intereses/características> common (before n); < amigo> mutual

    en común: no tenemos nada en común we have nothing in common; una cuenta bancaria en común a joint bank account; le hicimos un regalo en común we gave her a joint present; hicieron el trabajo en común they did the work together; no está acostumbrada a la vida en común con otras personas — she is not used to living with other people

    2) (corriente, frecuente) common

    común y corriente — (normal, nada especial) ordinary; < expresión> common

    es una casa común y corriente — it's just an ordinary house, the house is nothing special

    * * *
    = commonplace, common [commoner -comp., commonest -sup.], popular, run-of-the-mill, shared, standard, ubiquitous, collective, crosscutting [cross cutting], pooled, concerted, everyday, pervading, ordinary, communal, prosaic.
    Ex. Microfilm and microfiche formats are now commonplace in most libraries.
    Ex. When the cataloguer turns to the description of a piece of music a common problem will be the absence of a title page to be used as the chief source of information.
    Ex. Although the fifteenth edition met with some success, it was not generally popular.
    Ex. Guides are almost always worth thinking of as the first type of bibliography to search when it is a quick check of run-of-the-mill bibliographical facts which is required.
    Ex. A work of shared responsibility is one where the work has arisen from collaboration between two or more persons or corporative bodies.
    Ex. Photographs are normally kept in drawers of standard filing cabinets, with folders or pockets, or both.
    Ex. Worldwide, however, the printed book is still the most ubiquitous source of record = Sin embargo, el libro impreso es aún en todo el mundo la fuente de información escrita más común.
    Ex. 'I'm really not trying to put anyone on the spot and, frankly, I'm not too surprised and only a little disappointed at your collective ignorance,' he commented.
    Ex. The plan comprises over twenty projects addressing the partnership's three priority themes -- access, empowerment and governance -- and four crosscutting issues -- youth, the media, gender and local (community-based) knowledge.
    Ex. A group of 64 libraries realised substantial cost reductions by joining in a pooled fund to self-insure for unemployment compensation.
    Ex. There is an obvious need for a concerted and deliberate study of US information policy-making.
    Ex. We have too much invested, and the new systems too intimately integrated into the everyday operation of the library, for us to assume any longer that we can temper their influence on emerging standards.
    Ex. While not addressing specific issues the rejoinder focuses on a few pervading themes.
    Ex. Control is exercised over which terms are used, but otherwise the terms are ordinary words.
    Ex. Excavation in Qumran suggests that the people were organised on a highly communal basis and adept in the art of pottery and bookmaking.
    Ex. Take the prosaic problem of the great department store.
    ----
    * aura común = turkey vulture.
    * auxiliar común = common auxiliary.
    * bien común, el = common good, the, common wealth, the.
    * calderón común = pilot whale.
    * Cámara de los Comunes, la = House of Commons, the.
    * comunidad de prácticas comunes = community of practice.
    * común, lo = standard practice, the.
    * común y corriente = unremarkable.
    * crear un fondo común de conocimientos = pool + knowledge.
    * crear un fondo común de experiencias profesionales = pool + expertise.
    * creencia común = common belief.
    * demasiado poco común = all too rare.
    * Denominación Común de Productos Industriales (NIPRO) = Common Nomenclature of Industrial Products (NIPRO).
    * denominador común = common thread.
    * en común con = in common with.
    * encontrar cosas comunes = find + common ground.
    * enfermedad poco común = rare disease.
    * espacio público común = commons.
    * experiencia profesional común = pool of expertise.
    * faceta común = common facet.
    * fondo común de conocimientos = pool of knowledge, pool of expertise.
    * fondo común de inversión = mutual fund.
    * fosa común = mass grave.
    * fuera de lo común = eccentric, odd, unordinary, out of the ordinary, a cut above the rest, a cut above.
    * gente común, la = ordinary people, common people, the.
    * gente común y corriente, la = common people, the.
    * hacer un frente común = stand up as + one.
    * harina común = all-purpose flour, plain flour.
    * interés común = shared interest.
    * intereses comunes = community of interest.
    * lechuza común = barn owl.
    * Lenguaje Común de Instrucción de EURONET = EURONET Common Command Language.
    * lo poco común = rarity, rareness.
    * lugar común de alimentación = feeding ground.
    * lugar común de encuentro = meeting ground.
    * más común = mainstream.
    * Mercado Común, el = Common Market, the.
    * nombre común = common name.
    * normas comunes = standard practices.
    * palabra común = common word.
    * persona común = ordinary person.
    * poco común = rare, unfamiliar, unusual, uncommon, unordinary, out of the ordinary.
    * práctica común = common practice.
    * práctica común, la = normal pattern, the.
    * proyecto en común = joint effort.
    * puntos comunes = common ground.
    * que era común anteriormente = once-common.
    * que fue común antes = once-common.
    * qué poco común = how odd.
    * resfriado común, el = common cold, the.
    * rorcual común = fin whale.
    * salón común = common room.
    * sentido común = common sense, good judgement, judgement [judgment], good sense.
    * ser algo común = be a fact of life, dominate + the scene, become + a common feature, be a part of life.
    * ser algo poco común = be the exception rather than the rule.
    * ser común = be the case (with).
    * ser demasiado común = be all too common.
    * subdivisión común = common subdivision.
    * subencabezamiento común = free-floating subdivision.
    * tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.
    * tener características en común = share + similarities.
    * tener cosas en común = share + common ground.
    * tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.
    * título común = common title.
    * trabajar en común = interwork, pull together.
    * trabajo en común = interworking.
    * * *
    1)
    a) <intereses/características> common (before n); < amigo> mutual

    en común: no tenemos nada en común we have nothing in common; una cuenta bancaria en común a joint bank account; le hicimos un regalo en común we gave her a joint present; hicieron el trabajo en común they did the work together; no está acostumbrada a la vida en común con otras personas — she is not used to living with other people

    2) (corriente, frecuente) common

    común y corriente — (normal, nada especial) ordinary; < expresión> common

    es una casa común y corriente — it's just an ordinary house, the house is nothing special

    * * *
    = commonplace, common [commoner -comp., commonest -sup.], popular, run-of-the-mill, shared, standard, ubiquitous, collective, crosscutting [cross cutting], pooled, concerted, everyday, pervading, ordinary, communal, prosaic.

    Ex: Microfilm and microfiche formats are now commonplace in most libraries.

    Ex: When the cataloguer turns to the description of a piece of music a common problem will be the absence of a title page to be used as the chief source of information.
    Ex: Although the fifteenth edition met with some success, it was not generally popular.
    Ex: Guides are almost always worth thinking of as the first type of bibliography to search when it is a quick check of run-of-the-mill bibliographical facts which is required.
    Ex: A work of shared responsibility is one where the work has arisen from collaboration between two or more persons or corporative bodies.
    Ex: Photographs are normally kept in drawers of standard filing cabinets, with folders or pockets, or both.
    Ex: Worldwide, however, the printed book is still the most ubiquitous source of record = Sin embargo, el libro impreso es aún en todo el mundo la fuente de información escrita más común.
    Ex: 'I'm really not trying to put anyone on the spot and, frankly, I'm not too surprised and only a little disappointed at your collective ignorance,' he commented.
    Ex: The plan comprises over twenty projects addressing the partnership's three priority themes -- access, empowerment and governance -- and four crosscutting issues -- youth, the media, gender and local (community-based) knowledge.
    Ex: A group of 64 libraries realised substantial cost reductions by joining in a pooled fund to self-insure for unemployment compensation.
    Ex: There is an obvious need for a concerted and deliberate study of US information policy-making.
    Ex: We have too much invested, and the new systems too intimately integrated into the everyday operation of the library, for us to assume any longer that we can temper their influence on emerging standards.
    Ex: While not addressing specific issues the rejoinder focuses on a few pervading themes.
    Ex: Control is exercised over which terms are used, but otherwise the terms are ordinary words.
    Ex: Excavation in Qumran suggests that the people were organised on a highly communal basis and adept in the art of pottery and bookmaking.
    Ex: Take the prosaic problem of the great department store.
    * aura común = turkey vulture.
    * auxiliar común = common auxiliary.
    * bien común, el = common good, the, common wealth, the.
    * calderón común = pilot whale.
    * Cámara de los Comunes, la = House of Commons, the.
    * comunidad de prácticas comunes = community of practice.
    * común, lo = standard practice, the.
    * común y corriente = unremarkable.
    * crear un fondo común de conocimientos = pool + knowledge.
    * crear un fondo común de experiencias profesionales = pool + expertise.
    * creencia común = common belief.
    * demasiado poco común = all too rare.
    * Denominación Común de Productos Industriales (NIPRO) = Common Nomenclature of Industrial Products (NIPRO).
    * denominador común = common thread.
    * en común con = in common with.
    * encontrar cosas comunes = find + common ground.
    * enfermedad poco común = rare disease.
    * espacio público común = commons.
    * experiencia profesional común = pool of expertise.
    * faceta común = common facet.
    * fondo común de conocimientos = pool of knowledge, pool of expertise.
    * fondo común de inversión = mutual fund.
    * fosa común = mass grave.
    * fuera de lo común = eccentric, odd, unordinary, out of the ordinary, a cut above the rest, a cut above.
    * gente común, la = ordinary people, common people, the.
    * gente común y corriente, la = common people, the.
    * hacer un frente común = stand up as + one.
    * harina común = all-purpose flour, plain flour.
    * interés común = shared interest.
    * intereses comunes = community of interest.
    * lechuza común = barn owl.
    * Lenguaje Común de Instrucción de EURONET = EURONET Common Command Language.
    * lo poco común = rarity, rareness.
    * lugar común de alimentación = feeding ground.
    * lugar común de encuentro = meeting ground.
    * más común = mainstream.
    * Mercado Común, el = Common Market, the.
    * nombre común = common name.
    * normas comunes = standard practices.
    * palabra común = common word.
    * persona común = ordinary person.
    * poco común = rare, unfamiliar, unusual, uncommon, unordinary, out of the ordinary.
    * práctica común = common practice.
    * práctica común, la = normal pattern, the.
    * proyecto en común = joint effort.
    * puntos comunes = common ground.
    * que era común anteriormente = once-common.
    * que fue común antes = once-common.
    * qué poco común = how odd.
    * resfriado común, el = common cold, the.
    * rorcual común = fin whale.
    * salón común = common room.
    * sentido común = common sense, good judgement, judgement [judgment], good sense.
    * ser algo común = be a fact of life, dominate + the scene, become + a common feature, be a part of life.
    * ser algo poco común = be the exception rather than the rule.
    * ser común = be the case (with).
    * ser demasiado común = be all too common.
    * subdivisión común = common subdivision.
    * subencabezamiento común = free-floating subdivision.
    * tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.
    * tener características en común = share + similarities.
    * tener cosas en común = share + common ground.
    * tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.
    * título común = common title.
    * trabajar en común = interwork, pull together.
    * trabajo en común = interworking.

    * * *
    A
    1 ‹intereses/características› common ( before n); ‹amigo› mutual
    trabajar por el bien común/un objetivo común to work for the common good/a common objective
    características comunes a toda la especie characteristics common to o shared by the whole species
    un sentimiento común a todos los hombres a sentiment shared by all mankind
    2 ( en locs):
    de común acuerdo by common consent
    lo decidimos de común acuerdo ( frml); it was decided by common agreement o consent
    se separaron de común acuerdo they separated by mutual agreement o common consent
    la decisión fue tomada de común acuerdo con nuestros aliados the decision was taken in agreement o ( frml) in concert with our allies
    en común: tienen una cuenta bancaria en común they have a joint bank account
    le hicimos un regalo en común we gave her a joint present
    no tengo nada en común con él I have nothing in common with him
    no está acostumbrada a la vida en común con otras personas she is not used to living with other people o to communal living
    B (corriente, frecuente) common
    Juan Gómez es un nombre muy común Juan Gómez is a very common name
    un modelo fuera de lo común a very unusual model
    no es común que un niño sepa leer a esa edad it is unusual for a child to be able to read at that age
    es común que haya inundaciones en esta zona flooding is frequent o common in this area
    tiene una inteligencia poco común she is unusually intelligent
    por lo común as a rule
    común y corriente or ( AmL) silvestre ordinary ( before n)
    una blusa común y silvestre a fairly ordinary blouse
    murió como el común de los mortales he died just like any common mortal o ordinary person
    * * *

     

    común adjetivo
    a) ‹intereses/características› common ( before n);

    ‹ amigo› mutual
    b) ( en locs)


    de común acuerdo con algn in agreement with sb;
    en común ‹esfuerzo/regalo› joint ( before n);
    no tenemos nada en común we have nothing in common
    c) (corriente, frecuente) common;


    un modelo fuera de lo común a very unusual model;
    común y corriente (normal, nada especial) ordinary
    común
    I adjetivo
    1 (frecuente) common, usual: es poco común, it's unusual
    2 (ordinario, corriente) ordinary
    3 (compartido) shared, communal: nos une un interés común, we are united by a common interest
    II sustantivo masculino GB Pol los Comunes, the Commons
    ♦ Locuciones: de común acuerdo, by common consent
    en común, (conjuntamente) hacer algo en común, to do sthg jointly
    (característica compartida) tienen varios rasgos en común, they have several characteristics in common
    por lo común, generally
    ' común' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acuerdo
    - baja
    - bajo
    - cabeza
    - contraponer
    - convivencia
    - corriente
    - dato
    - denominador
    - despertarse
    - fondo
    - fosa
    - irse
    - juicio
    - llevar
    - múltipla
    - múltiplo
    - permitirse
    - rara
    - raro
    - sentar
    - sentida
    - sentido
    - soler
    - tela
    - tópica
    - tópico
    - única
    - único
    - uniforme
    - unitaria
    - unitario
    - vista
    - visto
    - vulgar
    - delincuente
    - imponer
    - mercado
    - norma
    - peculiar
    - rareza
    - tino
    English:
    appeal
    - base
    - cause
    - common
    - common denominator
    - common sense
    - commonplace
    - crane
    - cure
    - deserve
    - enjoy
    - gumption
    - in
    - intend
    - iota
    - jointly
    - kitty
    - mass grave
    - modicum
    - mutual
    - ordinary
    - original
    - partnership
    - pool
    - prevalent
    - rank
    - reason
    - run-of-the-mill
    - sense
    - stand out
    - uncommon
    - unusual
    - cliché
    - communal
    - consent
    - garden
    - house
    - lowest common denominator
    - ounce
    - plain
    - platitude
    - rarity
    - run
    - share
    * * *
    ♦ adj
    1. [compartido] [amigo, interés] mutual;
    [bienes, pastos] communal;
    el bien común the common good;
    el motociclismo es nuestra afición común we both like motorcycling;
    ¿cómo llevan la vida en común? how are they finding living together?;
    hacer algo en común to do sth together;
    hacer algo de común acuerdo to do sth by mutual consent o agreement;
    es un rasgo común a todos los reptiles it's a characteristic shared by o common to all reptiles;
    pusimos nuestros recursos en común we pooled our resources;
    realizaron una puesta en común de lo observado they pooled their observations;
    tener algo en común to have sth in common;
    no tengo nada en común con ella I have nothing in common with her
    2. [habitual, normal] common;
    una enfermedad muy común en regiones tropicales a disease very common in tropical regions;
    es común que llueva en primavera it's normal for it to rain in spring, it often rains in spring;
    fuera de lo común out of the ordinary;
    poco común unusual;
    por lo común generally;
    común y corriente o Am [m5] silvestre run-of-the-mill;
    es una persona común y corriente he's a perfectly ordinary person
    3. [ordinario, vulgar] ordinary, average;
    un vino común an average o ordinary wine;
    una madera común a common type of wood
    ♦ nm
    como el común de los mortales like any ordinary person o common mortal
    * * *
    I adj common;
    poco común unusual, rare;
    por lo común generally;
    en común in common;
    tener algo en común have sth in common
    II m
    :
    el común de las gentes the common man
    * * *
    común adj, pl comunes
    1) : common
    2)
    común y corriente : ordinary, regular
    3)
    por lo común : generally, as a rule
    * * *
    común adj
    1. (en general) common
    2. (compartido) shared

    Spanish-English dictionary > común

  • 4 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 5 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 6 luz

    f.
    1 light.
    apagar la luz to switch off the light
    estas farolas dan poca luz these streetlights don't shine very brightly o aren't very bright
    a la luz de in the light of
    a plena luz del día in the full light of day
    arrojar luz sobre to shed light on
    a todas luces whichever way you look at it
    dar a luz (un niño) to give birth (to a child)
    dar luz verde to give the green light o the go-ahead
    sacar a la luz to bring to light
    2 electricity.
    cortar la luz to cut off the electricity supply
    se ha ido la luz the lights have gone out
    pagar (el recibo de) la luz to pay the electricity (bill)
    3 gap.
    4 luz.
    5 airway.
    * * *
    1 (gen) light
    2 familiar (electricidad) electricity
    3 (iluminación) lighting
    5 (modelo) torch
    1 familiar intelligence sing
    \
    a la luz del día in daylight
    a plena luz del día in broad daylight
    a todas luces obviously, clearly
    dar a luz to give birth
    dar luz verde a to give the green light to
    sacar a la luz to bring to light
    salir a la luz to come out
    ver la luz (persona) to come into the world 2 (libro etc) to come out
    luces de cruce dipped headlights
    luces de posición sidelights
    luces cortas dipped headlights
    luz del día daylight
    luz del sol sunlight
    luces largas full beam
    * * *
    noun f.
    3) span
    •
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=claridad) light

    una casa con mucha luz — a very bright house, a house that gets a lot of light

    • a media luz, la habitación estaba a media luz — the room was in half-darkness

    • a primera luz — at first light

    • quitar o tapar la luz a algn — to be in sb's light

    aparta de ahí, que me quitas o tapas la luz — get out of the way, you're in my light

    estar entre dos luces — * (=borracho) to be mellow, be tipsy

    - ver la luz al final del túnel

    luz del día, se despierta con la luz del día — she wakes up when it gets light o liter at first light

    luz de (la) luna, a la luz de la luna — by the light of the moon, by moonlight

    luz de las velas, a la luz de las velas — by candlelight

    luz y sonido, un espectáculo de luz y sonido — a son et lumière show

    brillar
    2) (=lámpara, foco) light

    • apagar la luz — to switch o turn o put the light off

    • encender o LAm prender o poner la luz — to switch o turn o put the light on

    luces altas — Chile full-beam headlights (Brit), high beams (EEUU)

    luces cortas — dipped headlights, low beams (EEUU)

    poner las luces cortas o Chile bajas — to dip one's headlights, dim one's headlights (EEUU)

    luces de aterrizaje — (Aer) landing lights

    luces de balización — (Aer) runway lights

    luces de carretera — full-beam headlights (Brit), high beams (EEUU)

    poner las luces de cruce — to dip one's headlights, dim one's headlights (EEUU)

    luces de frenado, luces de freno — brake lights

    luces largas — = luces de carretera

    luces traseras — rear lights, tail lamps

    luz de Bengala — (Mil) flare, star-shell; LAm (=fuego de artificio) sparkler

    luz de cortesía — courtesy light; CAm sidelight

    luz de situación — sidelight, parking light

    luz piloto — sidelight, parking light

    luz relámpago — (Fot) flashlight

    recibir luz verde — to get the go-ahead o the green light

    luz vuelta — Méx direction indicator

    traje II
    3) (=suministro de electricidad) electricity

    ¿cuánto has pagado de luz este mes? — how much was your electricity bill this month?

    4) (tb: luz pública)

    ver la luz — [libro, disco] to appear, come out

    5) (Med)

    • dar a luz — [+ niño] to give birth

    6) Cono Sur (=ventaja)
    7) (=aclaración) light

    arrojar luz sobre algo — to cast o shed o throw light on sth

    8) (Arquit) [de puerta, hueco] span; [de edificio] window, opening; [de puente] span
    9) pl luces (=inteligencia) intelligence sing

    corto de luces, de pocas luces — dim, stupid

    10) ( Hist, Literat)
    11) Cono Sur (=distancia) distance between two objects
    12) And ** dough **, money
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( claridad) light

    luces y sombras — (Art) light and shade

    entre dos luces — (liter) ( al amanecer) at daybreak (liter); ( al anochecer) at twilight (liter)

    sacar algo a la luz — <secreto/escándalo> to bring something to light; < publicación> to bring out

    salir a la luz — secreto/escándalo to come to light; publicación to come out

    tener pocas luces — (fam) to be dim-witted

    ver la luz — (liter) persona to come into the world (liter); publicación to be published ( for the first time)

    a todas luces: esto es, a todas luces, una injusticia — whichever way you look at it, this is an injustice

    2) (fam) ( electricidad) electricity

    se fue la luz — ( en una casa) the electricity went off; ( en una zona) there was a power cut

    3) ( dispositivo) light

    encender or (AmL) prender la luz — to turn on o switch on the light

    apagar la luz — to turn off o switch off the light

    comerse una or la luz — (Ven fam) to go through a red light

    dar luz verde a algo — to give something the green light

    4) (Arquit, Ing) span
    * * *
    = illumination, light, power, light fitting, light fixture, lighting fixture.
    Ex. Also if the illumination is uneven, comfort conditions can be impaired.
    Ex. Examination reveals positions on the cards where the light passes through all the cards in a stack.
    Ex. This article covers requirements of space, power, environment, security and alarm systems, and data and telecommunications.
    Ex. During the war, all of the light fittings on the bridge were screened as a blackout measure.
    Ex. By replacing the five most frequently used light fixtures in your home with energy-saving models, you can save more than $65 each year.
    Ex. Deuxville's main downtown library was beautifully decorated in rare woods and marbles, bronze lighting fixtures and stained glass.
    ----
    * a años luz de = light years away from.
    * a la luz de = in light of, in the light of.
    * a la luz de la luna = by moonlight, in the moonlight, moonlit.
    * a la luz de las estrellas = by starlight.
    * a la luz de las velas = by candlelight, candlelight, candlelit.
    * a la luz del día = in the light of day.
    * a la luz de una lámpara de gas = by gaslight.
    * a la velocidad de la luz = at the speed of light.
    * año luz = light year.
    * apagar la luz = turn + the light off.
    * apagón de luz = electrical power blackout.
    * a plena luz del día = in broad daylight.
    * araña de luces = chandelier.
    * arrojar luz = shed + light (on/upon), shed + understanding.
    * arrojar luz sobre = throw + light on, cast + light on.
    * a todas luces = patently.
    * bombilla de la luz = light bulb.
    * con poca luz = badly-lit.
    * contador de la luz = electric meter, electricity meter.
    * corte de luz = power outage, power failure, outage, disruption in the flow of electricity, power cut.
    * corto de luces = dim [dimmer -comp., dimmest -sup.], dim-witted [dimwitted].
    * dar a luz = birth, deliver.
    * dar a luz a = give + birth to.
    * dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.
    * de pocas luces = dim [dimmer -comp., dimmest -sup.], dim-witted [dimwitted].
    * desvanecerse la luz = light + fail.
    * emisor de luz = light-emitting.
    * emitir luz = emit + light.
    * encender la luz = turn + the light on.
    * enchufe de la luz = light socket.
    * epilepsia causada por la luz = photosensitive epilepsy.
    * epilético sensible a la luz = photosensitive epileptic.
    * exponer a la luz = expose to + light.
    * exponer a la luz del día = expose to + daylight.
    * exponer a la luz del sol = expose to + sunlight.
    * fuente de luz = light source.
    * hacer que se encienda una luz = activate + light.
    * haz de luz = beam.
    * inducido por la luz = light-induced.
    * LED [diodo emisor de luz] = LED [light-emitting diode].
    * llenar de luz = flood with + light, brighten up.
    * luces de emergencia = blackout facilities, hazard lights.
    * luz + apagarse = light + go out.
    * luz artificial = artificial light.
    * luz cálida = warm white light.
    * luz cegadora = blinding light.
    * luz de aviso = warning light.
    * luz débil = glimmer.
    * luz de emergencia = emergency warning light.
    * luz de frenado = brake light, stoplamp, stoplight.
    * luz de freno = brake light, stoplamp, stoplight.
    * luz de la luna = moonlight.
    * luz delantera = headlight, headlamp.
    * luz de las estrellas = starlight.
    * luz del día = daylight.
    * luz del sol = sunlight, sunshine.
    * luz de mesa = table light.
    * luz de mesita de noche = bedside lamp.
    * luz descendente = downlight.
    * luz deslumbradora = glare.
    * luz embutida = recessed light, recessed downlight, downlight.
    * luz empotrada = recessed light, recessed downlight, downlight.
    * luz guía = beacon light.
    * luz natural = daylight, natural daylight, natural light.
    * luz piloto = pilot light.
    * luz posterior = tail light.
    * luz roja = red light.
    * luz tenue = glimmer.
    * luz trasera = tail light.
    * luz ultravioleta = UV light.
    * luz verde = green light, go-ahead.
    * luz y guía = lodestar.
    * media luz = half-light.
    * noche de luz de luna = moonlight night.
    * no expuesto a la luz = unexposed.
    * no tener pocas luces = as daft as a brush.
    * plantear a la luz de = discuss + in the light of.
    * poste de la luz = lamppost, light pole.
    * punto de luz = power point, electrical outlet, socket outlet, outlet.
    * rayo de luz = light beam, light ray, ray of light.
    * reflejar la luz = trap + light.
    * sacar a la luz = bring to + light, dredge up.
    * salir a la luz = come to + light, go + live.
    * sensible a la luz = light-sensitive.
    * Siglo de las Luces, el = Enlightenment, the, Age of Enlightenment, the.
    * sin luz de luna = moonless.
    * tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, knucklehead.
    * toma de luz = outlet, power point, socket, socket outlet.
    * toques de luz = highlights.
    * un rayo de luz esperanzador = a faint glimmer of light.
    * velocidad de la luz, la = speed of light, the.
    * ver la luz = see + the light.
    * ver la luz al final del túnel = see + the light at the end of the tunnel.
    * ver la luz del día = see + the light of day.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( claridad) light

    luces y sombras — (Art) light and shade

    entre dos luces — (liter) ( al amanecer) at daybreak (liter); ( al anochecer) at twilight (liter)

    sacar algo a la luz — <secreto/escándalo> to bring something to light; < publicación> to bring out

    salir a la luz — secreto/escándalo to come to light; publicación to come out

    tener pocas luces — (fam) to be dim-witted

    ver la luz — (liter) persona to come into the world (liter); publicación to be published ( for the first time)

    a todas luces: esto es, a todas luces, una injusticia — whichever way you look at it, this is an injustice

    2) (fam) ( electricidad) electricity

    se fue la luz — ( en una casa) the electricity went off; ( en una zona) there was a power cut

    3) ( dispositivo) light

    encender or (AmL) prender la luz — to turn on o switch on the light

    apagar la luz — to turn off o switch off the light

    comerse una or la luz — (Ven fam) to go through a red light

    dar luz verde a algo — to give something the green light

    4) (Arquit, Ing) span
    * * *
    = illumination, light, power, light fitting, light fixture, lighting fixture.

    Ex: Also if the illumination is uneven, comfort conditions can be impaired.

    Ex: Examination reveals positions on the cards where the light passes through all the cards in a stack.
    Ex: This article covers requirements of space, power, environment, security and alarm systems, and data and telecommunications.
    Ex: During the war, all of the light fittings on the bridge were screened as a blackout measure.
    Ex: By replacing the five most frequently used light fixtures in your home with energy-saving models, you can save more than $65 each year.
    Ex: Deuxville's main downtown library was beautifully decorated in rare woods and marbles, bronze lighting fixtures and stained glass.
    * a años luz de = light years away from.
    * a la luz de = in light of, in the light of.
    * a la luz de la luna = by moonlight, in the moonlight, moonlit.
    * a la luz de las estrellas = by starlight.
    * a la luz de las velas = by candlelight, candlelight, candlelit.
    * a la luz del día = in the light of day.
    * a la luz de una lámpara de gas = by gaslight.
    * a la velocidad de la luz = at the speed of light.
    * año luz = light year.
    * apagar la luz = turn + the light off.
    * apagón de luz = electrical power blackout.
    * a plena luz del día = in broad daylight.
    * araña de luces = chandelier.
    * arrojar luz = shed + light (on/upon), shed + understanding.
    * arrojar luz sobre = throw + light on, cast + light on.
    * a todas luces = patently.
    * bombilla de la luz = light bulb.
    * con poca luz = badly-lit.
    * contador de la luz = electric meter, electricity meter.
    * corte de luz = power outage, power failure, outage, disruption in the flow of electricity, power cut.
    * corto de luces = dim [dimmer -comp., dimmest -sup.], dim-witted [dimwitted].
    * dar a luz = birth, deliver.
    * dar a luz a = give + birth to.
    * dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.
    * de pocas luces = dim [dimmer -comp., dimmest -sup.], dim-witted [dimwitted].
    * desvanecerse la luz = light + fail.
    * emisor de luz = light-emitting.
    * emitir luz = emit + light.
    * encender la luz = turn + the light on.
    * enchufe de la luz = light socket.
    * epilepsia causada por la luz = photosensitive epilepsy.
    * epilético sensible a la luz = photosensitive epileptic.
    * exponer a la luz = expose to + light.
    * exponer a la luz del día = expose to + daylight.
    * exponer a la luz del sol = expose to + sunlight.
    * fuente de luz = light source.
    * hacer que se encienda una luz = activate + light.
    * haz de luz = beam.
    * inducido por la luz = light-induced.
    * LED [diodo emisor de luz] = LED [light-emitting diode].
    * llenar de luz = flood with + light, brighten up.
    * luces de emergencia = blackout facilities, hazard lights.
    * luz + apagarse = light + go out.
    * luz artificial = artificial light.
    * luz cálida = warm white light.
    * luz cegadora = blinding light.
    * luz de aviso = warning light.
    * luz débil = glimmer.
    * luz de emergencia = emergency warning light.
    * luz de frenado = brake light, stoplamp, stoplight.
    * luz de freno = brake light, stoplamp, stoplight.
    * luz de la luna = moonlight.
    * luz delantera = headlight, headlamp.
    * luz de las estrellas = starlight.
    * luz del día = daylight.
    * luz del sol = sunlight, sunshine.
    * luz de mesa = table light.
    * luz de mesita de noche = bedside lamp.
    * luz descendente = downlight.
    * luz deslumbradora = glare.
    * luz embutida = recessed light, recessed downlight, downlight.
    * luz empotrada = recessed light, recessed downlight, downlight.
    * luz guía = beacon light.
    * luz natural = daylight, natural daylight, natural light.
    * luz piloto = pilot light.
    * luz posterior = tail light.
    * luz roja = red light.
    * luz tenue = glimmer.
    * luz trasera = tail light.
    * luz ultravioleta = UV light.
    * luz verde = green light, go-ahead.
    * luz y guía = lodestar.
    * media luz = half-light.
    * noche de luz de luna = moonlight night.
    * no expuesto a la luz = unexposed.
    * no tener pocas luces = as daft as a brush.
    * plantear a la luz de = discuss + in the light of.
    * poste de la luz = lamppost, light pole.
    * punto de luz = power point, electrical outlet, socket outlet, outlet.
    * rayo de luz = light beam, light ray, ray of light.
    * reflejar la luz = trap + light.
    * sacar a la luz = bring to + light, dredge up.
    * salir a la luz = come to + light, go + live.
    * sensible a la luz = light-sensitive.
    * Siglo de las Luces, el = Enlightenment, the, Age of Enlightenment, the.
    * sin luz de luna = moonless.
    * tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, knucklehead.
    * toma de luz = outlet, power point, socket, socket outlet.
    * toques de luz = highlights.
    * un rayo de luz esperanzador = a faint glimmer of light.
    * velocidad de la luz, la = speed of light, the.
    * ver la luz = see + the light.
    * ver la luz al final del túnel = see + the light at the end of the tunnel.
    * ver la luz del día = see + the light of day.

    * * *
    A
    1 (claridad) light
    la luz del sol the sunlight
    a las 10 de la noche todavía hay luz it's still light at 10 o'clock at night
    la habitación tiene mucha luz it's a very light room, the room gets a lot of light
    me está dando la luz en los ojos the light's in my eyes
    a plena luz del día in broad daylight
    esta bombilla da muy poca luz this bulb isn't very bright o doesn't give off much light
    no leas con tan poca luz don't read in such poor light
    la habitación estaba a media luz the room was in semi-darkness/half-light
    esta planta necesita mucha luz this plant needs a lot of light
    me estás tapando or quitando la luz you're in my light, you're blocking the light
    partieron con las primeras luces ( liter); they left at first light ( liter)
    claro como la luz del día: fue él, eso está claro como la luz del día it was him, that's patently obvious, it was him, it's as plain as daylight
    bueno ¿te ha quedado claro? — como la luz del día right, is that clear then? — crystal clear
    dar a luz to give birth
    dio a luz (a) un precioso bebé she gave birth to a beautiful baby boy
    entre dos luces ( liter) (al amanecer) at daybreak ( liter), at first light ( liter), at dawn; (al anochecer) at twilight ( liter), at dusk
    sacar algo a la luz ‹secreto/escándalo› to bring sth to light;
    ‹publicación› to bring out
    salir a la luz «secreto/escándalo» to come to light;
    «publicación» to come out
    el diario salió a la luz en 1951 the newspaper first came out o was first published in 1951
    el segundo número nunca salió a la luz the second issue never saw the light of day o was never published
    ser de or tener pocas luces ( fam); to be dim-witted o ( BrE) dim
    tiene pocas luces he's a bit dim-witted o dim, he's not very bright
    ser una luz ( Arg); to be as bright as a button
    ver la luz ( liter) «persona» to come into the world ( liter);
    «publicación» to be published ( for the first time)
    2
    (que permite la comprensión): a la luz de los últimos acontecimientos in the light of recent events
    arrojar or echar luz sobre algo to throw o cast o shed light on sth
    a todas luces: esto es, a todas luces, una injusticia whichever way o however o no matter how you look at it, this is an injustice
    hacérsele la luz a algn: entonces se me hizo la luz then it became clear to me
    Compuestos:
    artificial light
    white light
    overhead light
    natural light
    black light
    B ( fam) (electricidad) electricity
    les cortaron la luz their electricity was cut off
    el recibo de la luz the electricity bill
    se fue la luz (en la casa) the power went off, the electricity went (off); (en toda la calle, zona) there was a power cut
    se ha fundido la luz del cuarto de baño the bathroom light's fused o gone
    encender or ( AmL) prender la luz to turn on o switch on the light
    da la luzor dale a la luz ( Esp); turn on o switch on the light
    apagar la luz to turn off o switch off the light
    ¿qué haces todavía con la luz encendida or ( AmL) prendida? what are you doing with the light still on?
    las luces de la ciudad the city lights
    dejó la luz de la mesita encendida he left the table lamp on
    cruzó con la luz roja she crossed when the lights were red
    brillar con luces propias: un discípulo suyo que ya brilla con luces propias a student of his who has now become a great scholar ( o performer etc) in his own right, a student of his who has now become famous in his own right
    comerse una or la luz ( Ven fam); to go through a red light
    dar luz verde a algo to give sth the green light o the go-ahead
    Compuestos:
    fpl ( Chi) dipped headlights (pl)
    fpl dipped headlights (pl)
    fpl warning lights (pl)
    fpl landing lights (pl)
    fpl parking lights (pl)
    fpl colored* lights (pl)
    fpl dipped headlights (pl)
    fpl clearance lights (pl)
    fpl navigation lights (pl)
    mpl ( Col); parking lights (pl)
    fpl runway lights
    fpl:
    pon las luces largas put the headlights on main o full beam
    A ( Art) light and shade
    B (aspectos buenos y malos) the good and the bad
    luces y sombras en el balance del gobierno the good and bad aspects of the government’s performance
    (para iluminar) flare, Bengal light; (para señales) flare; (juguete) sparkler
    courtesy light
    courtesy light
    stoplight, brake light ( BrE)
    ( Arg) indicator
    mercury vapor* lamp
    neon light
    sodium vapor* lamp
    pilot light
    son et lumière
    D ( Taur):
    siempre había soñado con vestirse de luces he had always dreamed of becoming a bullfighter
    traje de luces (↑ traje (1))
    E ( Arquit, Ing) span
    * * *

     

    luz sustantivo femenino
    1 ( en general) light;

    me da la luz en los ojos the light's in my eyes;
    a plena luz del día in broad daylight;
    este reflector da mucha luz this spotlight is very bright;
    leer con poca luz to read in poor light;
    a la luz de los últimos acontecimientos in the light of recent events;
    a todas luces: whichever way you look at it;
    dar a luz to give birth;
    sacar algo a la luz ‹secreto/escándalo› to bring sth to light;

    ‹ publicación› to bring out;
    ◊ salir a la luz [secreto/escándalo] to come to light;


    [ publicación] to come out
    2


    se fue la luz ( en una casa) the electricity went off;

    ( en una zona) there was a power cut

    encender or (AmL) prender or (Esp) dar la luz to turn on o switch on the light;
    ◊ apagar la luz to turn off o switch off the light;

    cruzar con la luz roja to cross when the lights are red;
    luces de estacionamiento or (Esp) de situación parking lights (pl) (AmE), sidelights (pl) (BrE);
    luces de cruce or cortas or (AmL) bajas dipped headlights (pl);
    poner las luces largas or altas to put the headlights on high (AmE) o (BrE) full beam;
    luz de frenado stoplight, brake light (BrE);
    luz de giro (Arg) indicator
    luz sustantivo femenino
    1 light
    luz natural, sunlight
    2 (foco) light: apaga las luces, por favor, put out the lights, please
    3 (electricidad) me cortaron la luz, my electricity has been cut off
    4 Auto light
    luz larga, headlights pl; luces de cruce, dipped headlights
    luces de posición, sidelights 5 luces, (entendimiento) intelligence sing; tener pocas luces, to be dim-witted 6 traje de luces, bullfighter's costume
    ♦ Locuciones: figurado dar a luz, (parir) to give birth to
    figurado dar luz verde a, to give the green light to
    a la luz de, in the light of
    a todas luces, obviously
    ' luz' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    amortiguar
    - ancha
    - ancho
    - año
    - apagar
    - apagada
    - apagado
    - aviso
    - brillar
    - brillo
    - buena
    - bueno
    - cañón
    - cegador
    - cegadora
    - cobrador
    - cobradora
    - contador
    - corta
    - cortar
    - corto
    - dar
    - débil
    - desconectar
    - deslumbrar
    - día
    - divisar
    - domiciliar
    - encenderse
    - enchufar
    - enfocar
    - escasa
    - escaso
    - gasto
    - haz
    - interruptor
    - irradiar
    - linterna
    - oscilar
    - oscuras
    - oscuridad
    - piloto
    - precisa
    - preciso
    - proyectar
    - proyector
    - ráfaga
    - rayo
    - reflector
    - reflectora
    English:
    beam
    - birth
    - blaze
    - blind
    - blink
    - board
    - bright
    - brilliance
    - brownout
    - burn
    - candlelight
    - cast
    - catch
    - chink
    - come through
    - cut out
    - dark
    - day
    - daylight
    - deflect
    - die
    - diffuse
    - dim
    - disconnect
    - dull
    - electricity bill
    - emit
    - exposure
    - fade
    - flash
    - flicker
    - fluorescent light
    - fuel
    - give off
    - glare
    - glaring
    - glimmer
    - glow
    - glowing
    - go off
    - go on
    - go out
    - go-ahead
    - infrared
    - lay on
    - leave on
    - light
    - light year
    - moonlight
    - nod
    * * *
    luz nf
    1. [foco, energía, luminosidad] light;
    [destello] flash (of light);
    se veía una luz a lo lejos a light could be seen in the distance;
    estas farolas dan poca luz these streetlights don't shine very brightly o aren't very bright;
    esta habitación tiene mucha luz you get a lot of sunlight in this room;
    ya no hay luz a esas horas it's no longer light at that time of day, the light has gone by that time of day;
    apagar la luz to switch off the light;
    encender o Esp [m5] dar o Am [m5] prender la luz to switch on the light;
    la habitación estaba a media luz [con luz natural] it was almost dark in the room;
    [con luz artificial] the room was dimly lit;
    ponlo a la luz, que lo veamos mejor hold it up to the light so we can see it better;
    con las primeras luces [al amanecer] at first light;
    quitarle la luz a alguien [ponerse en medio] to block sb's light;
    leer a la luz de una vela to read by the light of a candle;
    una cena a la luz de las velas a candlelit dinner;
    Fig
    a la luz de [los hechos, los acontecimientos] in the light of;
    a plena luz del día in the full light of day;
    arrojar luz sobre to shed light on;
    a todas luces whichever way you look at it;
    dar a luz (un niño) to give birth (to a child);
    con luz y taquígrafos with absolute transparency;
    dar luz verde (a) to give the green light o the go-ahead (to);
    entre dos luces Literario [entre el día y la noche] at twilight;
    Literario [entre la noche y el día] at first light; Fam Fig [achispado] tipsy;
    sacar algo a la luz [revelar] to bring sth to light;
    [publicar] to bring sth out, to publish sth;
    salir a la luz [descubrirse] to come to light;
    [publicarse] to come out; RP Fam
    ser una luz to be a bright spark;
    ver la luz [publicación, informe] to see the light of day;
    [tras penalidades] to see the light at the end of the tunnel luz blanca white light;
    luz cenital light from above;
    luz del día daylight;
    luz de discoteca strobe light;
    luz eléctrica electric light;
    luz de luna moonlight;
    RP luz mala will-o'-the-wisp;
    luz natural [del sol] natural light;
    luz de neón neon light;
    luz del sol sunlight;
    luz solar sunlight
    2. [electricidad] electricity;
    cortar la luz a alguien to cut off sb's electricity supply;
    se ha ido la luz the lights have gone out;
    pagar (el recibo de) la luz to pay the electricity (bill)
    3.
    luces [de automóvil] lights;
    darle las luces a alguien to flash (one's lights) at sb;
    dejarse las luces del coche puestas to leave one's lights on
    Am luces altas:
    poner las luces altas to put one's headlights on Br full o US high beam;
    Am luces bajas Br dipped headlights, US low beams;
    luces de carretera: [m5] poner las luces de carretera to put one's headlights on Br full o US high beam;
    luces cortas Br dipped headlights, US low beams;
    luces de cruce Br dipped headlights, US low beams;
    luces de emergencia Br hazard (warning) lights, US emergency lights;
    luces de frenado brake lights;
    luces de freno brake lights;
    luces de gálibo clearance lights;
    Arg luz de giro Br indicator, US turn signal;
    luces largas: [m5] poner las luces largas to put one's headlights on Br full o US high beam;
    luz de marcha atrás reversing light;
    luces de navegación navigation lights;
    luces de niebla fog lamps o lights;
    luces de posición sidelights;
    luces de señalización traffic lights;
    luces de situación sidelights;
    luces de tráfico traffic lights;
    luces traseras Br rear lights, US tail-lights
    4.
    luces [inteligencia] intelligence;
    es de o [m5] tiene pocas luces he's not very bright
    5. Hist
    las Luces the Enlightenment
    6. [modelo, ejemplo]
    Alá es la luz que dirige nuestras vidas Allah is our guiding light
    7. Arquit [ventana] window;
    [ancho de ventana] span
    * * *
    f light;
    a la luz del día in daylight;
    dar la luz turn on the light;
    arrojar luz sobre algo fig shed light on s.th.;
    ver la luz de publicación be published, see the light of day;
    dar a luz give birth to;
    sacar a la luz fig bring to light;
    salir a la luz fig come to light;
    a todas luces evidently, clearly;
    de pocas luces fig fam dim fam, not very bright
    * * *
    luz nf, pl luces
    1) : light
    2) : lighting
    3) fam : electricity
    4) : window, opening
    5) : light, lamp
    6) : span, spread (between supports)
    7)
    a la luz de : in light of
    8)
    dar a luz : to give birth
    9)
    traje de luces : matador's costume
    * * *
    luz n
    1. (en general) light
    2. (electricidad) electricity
    dar a luz to give birth [pt. gave; pp. given]

    Spanish-English dictionary > luz

  • 7 près

    près [pʀε]
    adverb
    (dans l'espace, dans le temps) close
    • il habite assez/tout près he lives quite/very near or close
    • c'est plus/moins près que je ne croyais (espace) it's nearer than/further than I thought ; (temps) it's sooner than/further off than I thought
    • cela fait 100 € à peu de chose(s) près that comes to 100 euros, or as near as makes no difference
    • il voit mal/bien de près he can't see very well/he can see all right close to
    • être près de son argent or de ses sous (inf) to be tight-fisted
    • il est près de la cinquantaine he's nearly fifty► ne pas être près de + infinitif
    • je ne suis pas près de partir/de réussir at this rate, I'm not likely to be going/to succeed
    * * *
    pʀɛ
    1.

    la ville est tout près — it's no distance to the town, the town is close by

    2) fig

    10 kg, à quelques grammes près — 10 kg, give or take a few grammes

    ce roman est plutôt bon, à quelques détails près — this novel is quite good, apart from the odd detail

    à ceci or cela près que — except that

    à une voix près, le projet aurait été adopté — the project would have been adopted but for one vote

    prends ton temps, on n'est pas à cinq minutes près — take your time, five minutes won't make any difference

    précis au millimètre près — accurate to within a millimetre [BrE]


    2.
    près de locution prépositive
    1) ( dans l'espace) near

    être près du but — fig to be close to achieving one's goal

    elle est près de lui — ( à ses côtés) she's at his side

    2) ( dans le temps) near, nearly
    3) (par les idées, les sentiments) close (de to)
    4) ( presque) nearly, almost

    3.
    de près locution adverbiale closely

    surveiller quelqu'un/qch de près — to keep a close eye on somebody/sth

    vu de près, cela rassemble à... — seen from close quarters, it looks like...

    voir la mort de près — to look death in the face, to come close to death


    4.
    à peu près locution adverbiale ( presque)
    * * *
    pʀɛ adv
    1) (pas loin) near

    J'habite tout près. — I live nearby.

    Il habite près de la poste. — He lives near the post office.

    Assieds-toi près de moi. — Sit down next to me.

    Il a regardé la photo de près. — He looked closely at the photo.

    près de (= environ) — nearly

    Il y avait près de cinq cents spectateurs. — There were nearly 500 spectators.

    à qch près; à 1kg près — to within about 1kg

    On n'est pas à un jour près. — One day won't make any difference., One day either way won't make any difference.

    Il était près de le dénoncer. — He was on the point of informing on him.

    Je ne suis pas près de lui pardonner. — I'm not about to forgive him.

    * * *
    A adv
    1 ( non loin dans l'espace) close; la ville est tout près it's no distance to the town, the town is close by; ce n'est pas tout près it's quite a way; c'est plus près qu'on ne pense it's closer than you'd think; se raser de près to have a close shave;
    2 ( non loin dans le temps) les vacances sont tout près maintenant the vacation is nearly here ou upon us;
    3 fig cela pèse 10 kg, à quelques grammes près it weighs 10 kg, give or take a few grams; ce roman est plutôt bon, à quelques détails près this novel is quite good, apart from the odd detail; à ceci or cela près que except that; il m'a remboursé au centime près he paid me back to the very last penny; à une minute près, j'avais mon train/je battais mon record I was within a minute of catching my train/breaking my record; à une voix près, le projet aurait été adopté the project would have been adopted but for one vote; gagner/perdre à deux voix près to win/lose by two votes; elles sont semblables, à la couleur près they're the same but for the colourGB; prends ton temps, on n'est pas à cinq minutes près take your time, five minutes won't make any difference; ils ne sont plus à un vol près one more theft won't make any difference to them; je ne suis pas à un paquet de cigarettes près what does the odd packet of cigarettes matter?; précis au millimètre près accurate to within a millimetreGB; à une exception près with only one exception; à quelques exceptions près with a few rare exceptions.
    B près de loc prép
    1 ( dans l'espace) near; j'aimerais être près de toi I'd like to be with you; elle habite près d'ici she lives nearby ou near here; être près du but fig to be close to achieving one's goal; la balle est passée très près du cœur the bullet just missed the heart; près d'elle, un enfant jouait a child was playing near her ou beside her; elle est près de lui ( à ses côtés) she's with him;
    2 ( dans le temps) near, nearly; il est près de l'âge de la retraite he's near retirement age; il est près de minuit it's nearly midnight; elle est près de la cinquantaine she's nearly fifty; on est près des vacances maintenant the holidays are nearly here ou upon us; être près de faire to be about to do; je ne suis pas près de recommencer/d'y retourner I'm not about to do that again/to go back there again; être près de partir/sombrer to be about to leave/sink; le jour est près de se lever dawn is about to break; je suis près de penser/croire que I almost think/believe that; être près de réussir/de refuser/d'accepter to be about to succeed/to refuse/to accept, to be on the point of succeeding/of refusing/of accepting; ils étaient près de la victoire they were close to victory; le problème n'est pas près d'être résolu the problem is nowhere near solved;
    3 (par les idées, les sentiments) close; elle a toujours été très près de sa mère she has always been very close to her mother; ils sont très près l'un de l'autre they are very close; vivre près de la nature to live close to nature;
    4 ( presque) nearly, almost; cela coûte près de 1 000 euros it costs nearly ou almost 1,000 euros; il a cessé de fumer pendant près de 20 ans he didn't smoke for nearly 20 years; cela a nécessité près d'un an de travail it involved nearly a year's work; le chômage touche près de 3 millions de personnes unemployment affects nearly ou almost 3 million people; une toile de près de 2 m sur 3 a canvas measuring almost 2 m by 3; cela fait près d'un mois que j'attends I've been waiting close to ou for nearly a month.
    C de près loc adv closely; regarder de plus près to take a closer look; regarder/examiner qch de près to look at/to examine sth closely; observer/suivre qn de près to observe/to follow sb closely; surveiller qn/qch de près to keep a close eye on sb/sth; le coup de fusil a été tiré de très près the shot was fired at close range; voir de près to see clearly close up; vu de près, cela rassemble à… seen from close quarters, it looks like…; les examens/concurrents se suivent de près the exams/competitors are close together; les explosions se succédèrent de près the explosions came in close succession; être lié de près à qch to be closely linked with sth; s'intéresser de près à qch to take a close interest in sth; frôler de près la catastrophe to come close to disaster; ne pas y regarder de trop près not to look too closely; voir la mort de près to look death in the face, to come close to death; à y regarder de plus près on closer examination.
    D à peu près loc adv ( presque) la rue est à peu près vide the street is practically ou virtually empty; cela coûte à peu près 200 euros it costs about ou around 200 euros; il y a à peu près une heure qu'il est parti he left about an hour ago, it's about an hour since he left; un groupe d'à peu près 50 personnes a group of about ou some 50 people; je pense à peu près comme toi I think more or less the same as you; à peu près de la même façon in much the same way; à peu près semblables pretty much the same; cela désigne à peu près n'importe quoi it refers to just about anything; c'est à peu près tout that's about the size of it; c'est à peu près tout ce qu'on sait sur cette affaire that's just about all we know about this matter.
    [prɛ] adverbe
    1. [dans l'espace] near, close
    2. [dans le temps] near, close, soon
    jeudi c'est trop près, disons plutôt samedi Thursday is too soon, let's say Saturday
    ————————
    [prɛ] préposition
    ————————
    à... près locution correlative
    c'est parfait, à un détail près it's perfect but for ou except for one thing
    ————————
    à cela près que locution conjonctive
    à peu de choses près locution adverbiale
    à peu de choses près, il y en a cinquante there are fifty of them, more or less ou give or take a few
    ————————
    à peu près locution adverbiale
    1. [environ] about, around
    2. [plus ou moins] more or less
    ————————
    de près locution adverbiale
    at close range ou quarters
    b. (figuré) to look (very) closely at something, to look carefully into something
    cela ressemble, de près ou de loin, à une habile escroquerie however ou whichever way you look at it, it's a skilful piece of fraud
    tout ce qui touche, de près ou de loin à everything (which is) even remotely connected with
    ————————
    près de locution prépositionnelle
    1. [dans l'espace] near
    vêtements près du corps close-fitting ou tight-fitting clothes
    [affectivement, qualitativement] close to
    2. [dans le temps]
    je ne suis pas près d'oublier ça I'm not about to ou it'll be a long time before I forget that
    3. [environ, presque] nearly, almost

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > près

  • 8 AF

    of
    * * *
    prep. w. dat.
    I. Of place:
    1) off, from;
    G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;
    ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;
    Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;
    Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;
    hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;
    Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;
    tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;
    bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;
    hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;
    vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;
    muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;
    rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;
    vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;
    lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;
    vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;
    2) out of;
    verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;
    gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;
    Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.
    Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.
    II. Of time; past, beyond:
    af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;
    ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;
    þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;
    var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.
    III. In various other relations:
    1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;
    hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;
    vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;
    féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;
    þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;
    þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;
    ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;
    2) off, of;
    höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;
    vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;
    þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;
    absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;
    fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;
    3) of, among;
    hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;
    4) with;
    hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;
    fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;
    5) of (= ór which is more frequent);
    húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;
    6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;
    hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;
    7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;
    ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;
    kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;
    8) by, of (after passive);
    ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;
    ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;
    9) on account of, by reason of, by;
    úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;
    ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;
    af ástæld hans, by his popularity;
    af því, therefore;
    af hví, wherefor why;
    af því at, because;
    10) by means of, by;
    framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;
    af sínu fé, by one’s own means;
    absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;
    11) with adjectives, in regard to;
    mildr af fé, liberal of money;
    góðr af griðum, merciful;
    12) used absol. with a verb, off away;
    hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;
    ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;
    sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.
    * * *
    prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.
    A. Loc.
    I. With motion, off, from:
    1. prop. corresp. to á,
    α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.
    β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.
    γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.
    δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.
    ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.
    ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).
    2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).
    II. WITHOUT MOTION:
    1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.
    2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.
    β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.
    γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.
    3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.
    β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.
    4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.
    B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:
    1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.
    2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.
    3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.
    C. In various other relations:
    I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.
    1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.
    2. where an object is taken by force:
    α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.
    β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.
    γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.
    3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.
    β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.
    II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.
    β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.
    γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.
    2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.
    β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.
    γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.
    δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.
    3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.
    III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.
    2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.
    IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:
    1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.
    β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.
    2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.
    β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.
    V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:
    1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.
    2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.
    VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:
    1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.
    β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.
    2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.
    β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.
    3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.
    4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.
    5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.
    VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:
    1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.
    β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.
    2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.
    VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.
    IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.
    β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;
    γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.
    δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.
    X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.
    2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.
    XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).
    D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:
    I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.
    II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF

  • 9 GANGA

    * * *
    I)
    (geng; gekk, gengum; genginn), v.
    1) to walk (reið jarl, en Karkr gekk);
    2) to go;
    ganga heim, to go home;
    ganga braut, to go away;
    ganga til hvílu, to go to bed;
    ganga á skip, to go on board;
    ganga af skipi, to go ashore;
    with infin., ganga sofa or at sofa, to go to sleep;
    ganga at eiga konu, to marry a woman;
    3) to go about grazing, to graze (kálfrinn gekk í túni um sumarit);
    4) of a ship, to run, sail (gekk skipit brátt út á haf);
    5) to stretch out, extend, project (nes mikit gekk í sæ út);
    6) of report, tales, to be current (litlar sögur megu ganga af hesti mínum);
    gekk þaðan af í Englandi Valska, thereafter the French tongue prevailed in E.;
    8) of money, to be current (peningar þeir, sem nú ganga);
    of laws, to be valid (þau lög, er gengu á Uppsalaþingi);
    of sickness, plague, famine, to rage (þá gekk landfarsótt, drepsótt, hallæri);
    9) to go on, last (gnustu þá saman vápnin, ok gekk þat um hríð);
    impers., gekk því lengi, so it went on for a long while;
    10) láta ganga e-t, to let go on;
    láta höggin ganga, to rain blows;
    Birkibeinar létu ganga lúðrana, blew the trumpets vigorously;
    ef þat gengr eigi, if that will not do;
    impers., svá þykt, at þeim gekk þar eigi at fara, so close, that they could not go on there;
    þeim gekk ekki fyrir nesit, they could not clear the ness;
    12) to turn out, go in a specified way;
    ganga andæris, to go all wrong;
    gekk þeim lítt atsókinn, they made little progress with the attack;
    impers., e-m gengr vel (illa), one fares (goes on, gets on) well (badly);
    13) with acc., ganga e-n á bak, to force one to go backwards (harm gengr bjöninn á bak);
    14) with dat., to discharge (gekk bann þá blóði);
    15) with preps. and adverbs:
    ganga af e-u, to depart from, leave (þá gekk af honum móðrinn);
    ganga af vitinu, to go out of one’s wits;
    ganga af trú sinni, to apostatize;
    to pass (síðan gengu af páskarnir);
    to go off (gekk þegar af höfuðit);
    to be left as surplus (þat er af skuldinni gekk);
    nú gengr honum hey af, now he has some hay left;
    ganga af sér, to go to extremities, to go beyond oneself (mjök ganga þeir fóstbrœðr nú af sé);
    ganga aptr, to revert (return) to the former proprietor (síðan gengu þau lönd aptr undir Árna);
    to be void, annulled (þá skal kaup aptr ganga);
    of a ghost, to walk again; of a door, to close, shut (gekk eigi aptr hurðin);
    ganga at e-m, to attack one;
    ganga at e-u, to agree to, accept a choice or offer (Flosi gekk fljótt at þessu öllu); to fit (skaltu fá mér lukla þá, sem ganga at kistum yðrum);
    ganga á e-t, to encroach upon (ganga á ríki e-s); to break (ganga á orð sín, eiða, grið, sættir, trygðir); to pierce, penetrate;
    hann var í panzara, er ekki gekk á, that was proof against any weapons;
    ganga á vald e-s or e-m, ganga á hönd (hendr) e-m, to submit to, give oneself up to, surrender to one;
    ganga á bak e-u, to contravene;
    ganga eptir e-u, to go for, go to fetch (göngum heim eptir verðinu); to pursue, claim;
    ganga eptir, to prove true, be fulfilled (þetta gekk allt eptir, sem M. sagði fyrir);
    ganga frá e-u, to part with, lose (sumir munu ganga frá öllu fénu);
    ganga fram, to step forward;
    ganga fram vel, to go forward bravely, in a battle;
    to come to pass, come into execution (skal þess bíða, er þetta gengr fram);
    to increase (fé Hall gerðar gekk fram ok gørðist allmikit);
    to depart this life (H. bóndi gengr fram til frænda sinna);
    ganga fyrir e-n, to present oneself before one (ganga fyrir konung);
    ganga fyrir e-u, to take charge of, manage (var þar mart fólk, en húsbóndi gekk svá fyrir, at ekkert skorti); to yield to, be swayed by (hann gekk þá fyrir fortölum hennar);
    ganga í gegn e-m, to set oneself against one;
    ganga í gegn e-u, to confess, acknowledge;
    maðr gengr í gegn, at á braut kveðst tekit hafa, the man confessed and said that he had taken it away;
    ganga í mál, to undertake a case;
    ganga með e-m (of a woman), to marry;
    ganga með barni, to be with child;
    ganga með burði (of animals), to be with young;
    ganga með e-u, to assist in, plead (ganga með máli, bónorði);
    ganga milli (á m., í m.), to go between, intercede;
    ganga móti (á m., í m.) e-m, to go to meet one;
    ganga móti e-u, to resist, oppose;
    to confess, = ganga í gegn, ganga við e-u;
    ganga nær e-m, to be troublesome to one (þótti hón œrit nær ganga Þórgerði);
    ganga e-m nær, to approach, come near to one (sá hefir á brott komizt, er næst gekk Gunnari um alla hluti);
    ganga saman, to marry;
    of an agreement, bargain, to be brought about;
    saman gekk kaupit með þeim, they came to a bargain;
    ganga sundr (í s.), to go asunder, part;
    ganga til, to go up to a thing (gangit til ok hyggit at); of the wind, to veer (veðrit gekk til útsuðrs);
    en þat gekk mér til þess (that was my reason), at ek ann þér eigi;
    hversu hefir ykkr til gengit, how have you fared?
    Loka gekk lítt til, it fared ill with L.;
    ganga um e-t, to go about a thing;
    ganga um beina, to wait upon guests;
    ganga um sættir, to go between, as peacemaker;
    ganga um e-n, to befall, happen to one (þess, er um margan gengr guma); of the wind, to go round, veer (gekk um veðrit ok styrmdi at þeim); to manage (fékk hón svá um gengit, at);
    g. undir e-t, to take upon oneself, undertake (a duty);
    ganga undir e-n, to subject oneself to;
    ganga upp, to be wasted (of money);
    to get loose, to he torn loose (þeir glímdu svá at upp gengu stokkar allir á húsinu);
    of a storm, gale, to get up, rise (veðr gekk upp);
    of an ice-bound river, áin var gengin upp, swollen with ice;
    ganga við staf, to walk with a stick;
    ganga við e-u or e-t, to avow;
    ganga yfir e-t, to go beyond, disregard (hann vildi eigi ganga yfir þat, er hann vissi réttast);
    ganga yfir e-n, to overcome, to befall, happen to one;
    slíkt sem yfir hefir gengit, all that has happened;
    eitt skal yfir okkr ganga, we shall share one fate;
    16) refl., gangast.
    f.
    1) walking (hann mœddist í göngu);
    vera í göngu, to be on foot, to walk;
    2) course (ganga tungls, vinds).
    * * *
    pret. gekk or gékk, 2nd pers. gékkt, mod. gékst; pl. gengu, geingu, or géngu, and an old poët. gingu; gengengu in Vsp. 12 is a mere misspelling (vide Sæm. Möb. 258); pres. geng, pl. göngum; pret. subj. gengi (geingi); imperat. gakk and gakktú; with the neg. suffix geng-at, gengr-at, gékk-at, gakk-attu, passim; a middle form göngumk firr, go from me, Gm. 1: a contracted form gá occurs now and then in mod. hymns; it is not vernacular but borrowed from Germ. and Dan.: [cp. Ulf. gaggan; A. S. and Hel. gangan; Scot. and North. E. gang, mod. Engl. go; Dan.-Swed. gange or gå; Germ. gehen; Ivar Aasen ganga: Icel., Scots, and Norsemen have preserved the old ng, which in Germ. and Swed.-Dan. only remains in poetry or in a special sense, e. g. in Germ. compds.]
    A. To go:
    I. to walk; reið jarl en Karkr gékk, Fms. i. 210, Rm. 1, 2, 6, 14, 23, 24, 30, Edda 10, Grág. ii. 95, passim; ganga leiðar sinnar, to go one’s way, Fms. x. 290, Krók. 26: adding acc., g. alla leið, Fms. xi. 202, 299; g. berg, to climb a cliff; g. afréttar, to search the fell-pastures (fjallganga), Háv. 39; also g. ( to climb) í fjall, í kletta, Fms. x. 313: Icel. also say, ganga skó og sokka, to wear out shoes and socks; hann gékk tvenna skó; ganga berserks gang, q. v.
    β. absol. to go a-begging, Grág. i. 226, 232, Ísl. ii. 25; ganga vergang, húsgang, id. (göngumaðr).
    II. adding adverbs, infinitives, adjectives, or the like,
    α. an adverb denoting direction; g. út ok inn, Vkv. 4, Lv. 26; g. inn, Fms. i. 16, vi. 33; g. út, to go out, Lat. exire, Nj. 194; g. aptr, to return, Fms. x. 352; g. fram, to step forward, Hm. 1, Eg. 165; g. upp, to go up, ashore; g. ofan, niðr, to go down; g. heiman, 199; g. heim, to go home; gakk hingat, come hither! 488; g. móti, í gegn e-m, to go against, to meet one; g. braut, to go away; g. til e-s, or at e-m, to go to one; g. frá e-m, to leave one; g. með e-m, to go with one; g. hjá, to pass by; g. saman, to go together; g. yfir, to go over; g. gegnum, to go through; g. undir, to go under; g. undan, fyrir, to go before; g. eptir, to go behind; g. um, to rove, stroll about, and so on passim; g. í sæti, to go to one’s seat, take a seat, Eg. 551; g. til hvílu, to go to bed, Nj. 201; g. til matar, to go to dinner, Sturl. iii. 111, Eg. 483; g. til vinnu, verks, to go to one’s work, cp. Hm. 58; g. í kirkju, to go to church, Rb. 82; g. á fjall, to go on the fells, Hrafn. 34; g. á skip, to go on board, Fms. x. 10; g. af skipi, to go ashore.
    β. with infin., in old poems often dropping ‘at;’ ganga sofa, to go to sleep, Fm. 27; g. at sofa, Hm. 19; g. vega, to go to fight, Vsp. 56, Ls. 15; g. at eiga konu, to go to be married, Grág. i. 318.
    γ. with an adj.; g. hræddr, to be afraid; g. úviss, to be in ignorance, etc., Fms. vii. 271, Sks. 250, 688.
    2. in a more special sense; g. til einvígis, bardaga, to go to a duel, battle, Nj. 64; g. á hólm (hólmganga), Eg. 504, 506; g. á eintal, Nj. 103; g. til máls við e-n, to speak to one, Eg. 199, 764; g. í glímu, to go a-wrestling, Ísl. ii. 246; g. á fang, id., Ld. 206; g. í danz, to go a-dancing; g. til skripta, to go to shrift, Hom. 157; g. at brúðkaupi, to go to be married, Fms. vii. 278; g. í skóla, klaustr, to go to school, go into a cloister (as an inmate), (hence skóla-genginn, a school-man, scholar), Bs. passim; g. í þjónustu, to take service, Nj. 268; g. í lið með e-m, to enter one’s party, side with one, 100; g. í lög, to enter a league with one; g. ór lögum, to go out of a league, passim; g. í félag, ór félagi, id.; g. á mala, to take service as a soldier, 121; g. á hönd, g. til handa, to submit to one as a liegeman, surrender, Eg. 19, 33, Ó. H. 184, Fms. vii. 180; g. á vald e-m, to give oneself up, Nj. 267; g. á hendr e-m, to encroach upon, Ver. 56; g. í skuld, to bail, Grág. i. 232, Dipl. ii. 12; g. í trúnað, to warrant, Fms. xi. 356; g. til trygða, Nj. 166, and g. til griða, to accept truce, surrender, Fas. ii. 556; g. í mál, to enter, undertake a case, Nj. 31; g. í ánauð, to go into bondage, Eg. 8; g. til lands, jarðar, ríkis, arfs, to take possession of …, 118, Stj. 380, Grág., Fms. passim; g. til fréttar, to go to an oracle, take auspices, 625. 89; g. til Heljar, a phrase for to die, Fms. x. 414; g. nær, to go nigh, go close to, press hard on, Ld. 146, 322, Fms. xi. 240 (where reflex.); var sá viðr bæði mikill og góðr því at Þorkell gékk nær, Th. kept a close eye on it, Ld. 316.
    B. Joined with prepp. and adverbs in a metaph. sense:—g. af, to depart from, go off; þá gékk af honum móðrinn ok sefaðisk hann, Edda 28; þá er af honum gékk hamremin, Eg. 125, Eb. 136, Stj. 118; g. af sér, to go out of or beyond oneself; mjök g. þeir svari-bræðr nú af sér, Fbr. 32; í móti Búa er hann gengr af sér ( rages) sem mest, Fb. i. 193; þá gékk mest af sér ranglæti manna um álnir, Bs. i. 135: so in the mod. phrases, g. fram af sér, to overstrain oneself; and g. af sér, to fall off, decay: to forsake, g. af trú, to apostatize, Fms. ii. 213; g. af vitinu, to go out of one’s wits, go mad, Post. 656 C. 31; g. af Guðs boðorðum, Stj. passim: to pass. Páskar g. af, Ld. 200: to be left as surplus (afgangr), Rb. 122, Grág. i. 411, K. Þ. K. 92:—g. aptr, to walk again, of a ghost (aptrganga), Ld. 58, Eb. 278, Fs. 131, 141, passim; and absol., g. um híbýli, to hunt, Landn. 107: to go back, be void, of a bargain, Gþl. 491:—g. at e-m, to go at, attack, Nj. 80, 160: to press on, Grág. i. 51, Dipl. ii. 19 (atgangr): g. at e-u, to accept a choice, Nj. 256; g. at máli, to assist, help, 207: to fit, of a key, lykla þá sem g. at kístum yðrum, Finnb. 234, Fbr. 46 new Ed., N. G. L. i. 383: medic. to ail, e-ð gengr at e-m; ok gengr at barni, and if the bairn ails, 340, freq. in mod. usage of ailment, grief, etc.:—g. á e-t, to go against, encroach upon; ganga á ríki e-s, Fms. i. 2; g. upp á, to tread upon, vii. 166; hverr maðr er ólofat gengr á mál þeirra, who trespasses against their measure, Grág. i. 3: to break, g. á orð, eiða, sættir, trygðir, grið, Finnb. 311, Fms. i. 189, Ld. 234; g. á bak e-u, to contravene, Ísl. ii. 382; ganga á, to go on with a thing, Grág. ii. 363; hence the mod. phrase, mikið gengr á, much going on; hvað gengr á, what is going on? það er farið að g. á það (of a task or work or of stores), it is far advanced, not much left:—g. eptir, to go after, pursue, claim (eptirgangr), Nj. 154, Þórð. 67, Fms. vii. 5; g. eptir e-m, to humour one who is cross, in the phrase, g. eptir e-m með grasið í skónum; vertu ekki að g. eptir stráknum; hann vill láta g. eptir ser (of a spoilt boy, cross fellow): to prove true, follow, hón mælti mart, en þó gékk þat sumt eptir, Nj. 194; eptir gékk þat er mér bauð hugr um, Eg. 21, Fms. x. 211:—g. fram, to go on well in a battle, Nj. 102, 235, Háv. 57 (framgangr): to speed, Nj. 150, Fms. xi. 427: to grow, increase (of stock), fé Hallgerðar gékk fram ok varð allmikit, Nj. 22; en er fram gékk mjök kvikfé Skallagríms, Eg. 136, Vígl. 38: to come to pass, skal þess bíða er þetta gengr fram, Nj. 102, Fms. xi. 22: to die, x. 422:—g. frá, to leave (a work) so and so; g. vel frá, to make good work; g. ílla frá, to make bad work; það er ílla frá því gengið, it is badly done:—g. fyrir, to go before, to yield to, to be swayed by a thing; heldr nú við hót, en ekki geng ek fyrir slíku, Fms. i. 305; þó at vér gangim heldr fyrir blíðu en stríðu, ii. 34, Fb. i. 378, Hom. 68; hvárki gékk hann fyrir blíðyrðum né ógnarmálum, Fms. x. 292; hann gékk þá fyrir fortülum hennar, Bs. i. 742: in mod. usage reflex., gangast fyrir íllu, góðu: to give away, tók hann þá at ganga fyrir, Fb. i. 530: Icel. now say, reflex., gangast fyrir, to fall off, from age or the like (vide fyrirgengiligr): to prevent, skal honum þá eigi fyrnska fyrir g., N. G. L. i. 249; þá er hann sekr þrem mörkum nema nauðsyn gangi fyrir, 14; at þeim gangi lögleg forföll fyrir, Gþl. 12:—g. í gegn, to go against, to meet, in mod. usage to deny, and so it seems to be in Gþl. 156; otherwise in old writers it always means the reverse, viz. to avow, confess; maðr gengr í gegn, at á braut kveðsk tekit hafa, the man confessed and said that he had taken it away, Ísl. ii. 331; ef maðr gengr í gegn legorðinu, Grág. i. 340; sá goði er í gegn gékk ( who acknowledged) þingfesti hans, 20; hann iðraðisk úráðs síns, ok gékk í gegn at hann hefði saklausan selt herra sinn, Sks. 584,—this agrees with the parallel phrase, g. við e-t, mod. g. við e-u, to confess, both in old and mod. usage, id.:—g. hjá, to pass by, to waive a thing, Fms. vi. 168:—g. með, to go with one, to wed, marry (only used of a woman, like Lat. nubere), þú hefir þvert tekit at g. með mér, Ld. 262, Sd. 170, Grág. i. 178, Þiðr. 209, Gkv. 2. 27, Fms. xi. 5: medic., g. með barni, to go with child, i. 57; with acc. (barn), Bs. i. 790, and so in mod. usage; a mother says, sama sumarið sem eg gékk með hann (hana) N. N., (meðgöngutími); but dat. in the phrase, vera með barni, to be with child; g. með burði, of animals, Sks. 50, Stj. 70; g. með máli, to assist, plead, Eg. 523, Fms. xi. 105, Eb. 210; g. með e-u, to confess [Dan. medgaae], Stj., but rare and not vernacular:—g. milli, to go between, intercede, esp. as a peacemaker, passim (milli-ganga, meðal-ganga):—g. í móti, to resist, Nj. 90, 159, 171: of the tide, en þar gékk í móti útfalls-straumr, Eg. 600:—g. saman, to go together, marry, Grág. i. 324, Fms. xi. 77: of a bargain, agreement, við þetta gékk saman sættin, Nj. 250; saman gékk kaupit með þeim, 259:—g. sundr, to go asunder, part, and of a bargain, to be broken off, passim:—g. til, to step out, come along; gangit til, ok blótið, 623. 59; gangit til, ok hyggit at, landsmenn, Fms. iv. 282: to offer oneself, to volunteer, Bs. i. 23, 24: the phrase, e-m gengr e-ð til e-s, to purpose, intend; en þat gékk mér til þess ( that was my reason) at ek ann þér eigi, etc., Ísl. ii. 269; sagði, at honum gékk ekki ótrúnaðr til þessa, Fms. x. 39; gékk Flosa þat til, at …, Nj. 178; gengr mér meirr þat til, at ek vilda firra vini mína vandræðum, Fms. ii. 171; mælgi gengr mér til, ‘tis that I have spoken too freely, Orkn. 469, Fms. vi. 373, vii. 258: to fare, hversu hefir ykkr til gengið, how have you fared? Grett. 48 new Ed.; Loka gékk lítt til, it fared ill with L., Fb. i. 276: mod., þat gékk svá til, it so happened, but not freq., as bera við is better, (tilgangr, intention):—g. um e-t, to go about a thing; g. um sættir, to go between, as peacemaker, Fms. v. 156; g. um beina, to attend guests, Nj. 50, passim: to manage, fékk hón svá um gengit, Grett. 197 new Ed.; hversu þér genguð um mitt góðs, 206: to spread over, in the phrase, má þat er um margan gengr; þess er um margan gengr guma, Hm. 93: to veer, go round, of the wind, gékk um veðrit ok styrmdi at þeim, the wind went round and a gale met them, Bs. i. 775:—g. undan, to go before, escape, Ver. 15, Fms. vii. 217, Blas. 49: to be lost, wasted, jafnmikit sem undan gékk af hans vanrækt, Gþl. 338: to absent oneself, eggjuðusk ok báðu engan undan g., Fms. x. 238:—g. undir, to undertake a duty, freq.: to set, of the sun, Rb. 468, Vígl. (in a verse): to go into one’s possession, power, Fms. vii. 207;—g. upp, to be wasted, of money, Fær. 39, Fms. ix. 354: of stones or earth-bound things, to get loose, be torn loose, þeir glímdu svá at upp gengu stokkar allir í húsinu, Landn. 185; flest gékk upp þat sem fyrir þeim varð, Háv. 40, Finnb. 248; ok gékk ór garðinum upp ( was rent loose) garðtorfa frosin, Eb. 190: to rise, yield, when summoned, Sturl. iii. 236: of a storm, gale, to get up, rise, veðr gékk upp at eins, Grett. 94, Bárð. 169; gengr upp stormr hinn sami, Bs. ii. 50: of an ice-bound river, to swell, áin var ákafliga mikil, vóru höfuðísar at báðum-megin, en gengin upp ( swoln with ice) eptir miðju, Ld. 46, Fbr. 20 new Ed., Bjarn. 52; vötnin upp gengin, Fbr. 114; áin var gengin upp ok íll yfirferðar, Grett. 134:—g. við, in the phrase, g. við staf, to go with a staff, rest on it: with dat., g. við e-u, to avow (vide ganga í gegn above):—g. yfir, to spread, prevail, áðr Kristnin gengi yfir, Fms. x. 273; hétu á heiðin goð til þess at þau léti eigi Kristnina g. yfir landit, Bs. i. 23: the phrase, láta eitt g. yfir báða, to let one fate go over both, to stand by one another for weal and woe; hefi ek því heitið honum at eitt skyldi g. yfir okkr bæði, Nj. 193, 201, 204, Gullþ. 8: so in the saying, má þat er yfir margan gengr, a common evil is easier to bear, Fbr. 45 new Ed. (vide um above); muntu nú verða at segja slíkt sem yfir hefir gengið, all that has happened, Fms. xi. 240; þess gengr ekki yfir þá at þeir vili þeim lengr þjóna, they will no longer serve them, come what may, Orkn. 84: to overrun, tyrannize over, þeir vóru ójafnaðar menn ok ganga þar yfir alla menn, Fms. x. 198 (yfirgangr): to transgress, Hom. 109: to overcome, þótti öllum mönnum sem hann mundi yfir allt g., Fms. vii. 326: a naut. term, to dash over, as spray, áfall svá mikit at yfir gékk þegar skipit, Bs. i. 422; hence the metaph. phrase, g. yfir e-n, to be astonished; það gengr yfir mig, it goes above me, I am astonished.
    C. Used singly, of various things:
    1. of cattle, horses, to graze (haga-gangr); segja menn at svín hans gengi á Svínanesi, en sauðir á Hjarðarnesi, Landn. 124, Eg. 711; kálfrinn óx skjótt ok gékk í túni um sumarit, Eb. 320; Freyfaxi gengr í dalnum fram, Hrafn. 6; þar var vanr at g. hafr um túnit, Nj. 62; þar var til grass (görs) at g., Ld. 96, Grág. passim; gangandi gripr, cattle, beasts, Bjarn. 22; ganganda fé, id., Sturl. i. 83, Band. 2, Ísl. ii. 401.
    2. of shoals of fish, to go up, in a river or the like (fiski-ganga, -gengd); vötn er netnæmir fiskar g. í, Grág. i. 149; til landauðnar horfði í Ísafirði áðr fiskr gékk upp á Kvíarmiði, Sturl. ii. 177; fiskr er genginn inn ór álum, Bb. 3. 52.
    3. of the sun, stars, vide B. above, (sólar-gangr hæstr, lengstr, and lægstr skemstr = the longest and shortest day); áðr sól gangi af Þingvelli, Grág. i. 24; því at þar gékk eigi sól af um skamdegi, Landn. 140, Rb. passim:—of a thunder-storm, þar gékk reiði-duna með eldingu, Fb. iii. 174:—of the tide, stream, water, vide B. above, eða gangi at vötn eða skriður, K. Þ. K. 78.
    4. of a ship, gékk þá skipit mikit, Eg. 390, Fms. vi. 249; létu svá g. suðr fyrir landit, Eg. 78; lét svá g. suðr allt þar til er hann sigldi í Englands-haf, Ó. H. 149; réru nótt ok dag sem g. mátti, Eg. 88; gékk skipit brátt út á haf, Ó. H. 136.
    β. to pass; kvað engi skip skyldi g. (go, pass) til Íslands þat sumar, Ld. 18.
    II. metaph. to run out, stretch out, project, of a landscape or the like; gengr haf fyrir vestan ok þar af firðir stórir, Eg. 57; g. höf stór ór útsjánum inn í jörðina; haf (the Mediterranean) gengr af Njörva-sundum (the Straits of Gibraltar), Hkr. i. 5; nes mikit gékk í sæ út, Eg. 129, Nj. 261; í gegnum Danmörk gengr sjór (the Baltic) í Austrveg, A. A. 288; fyrir austan hafs-botn þann (Bothnia) er gengr til móts við Gandvík (the White Sea), Orkn. begin.: frá Bjarmalandi g. lönd til úbygða, A. A. 289; Europa gengr allt til endimarka Hispaniae, Stj. 83; öllum megin gengr at henni haf ok kringir um hana, 85; þessi þinghá gékk upp ( extended) um Skriðudal, Hrafn. 24: of houses, af fjósi gékk forskáli, Dropl. 28.
    2. to spread, branch out; en af því tungurnar eru ólíkar hvár annarri, þær þegar, er ór einni ok hinni sömu hafa gengit eða greinzt, þá þarf ólíka stafi í at hafa, Skálda (Thorodd) 160: of a narrative, gengr þessi saga mest af Sverri konungi, this story goes forth from him, i. e. relates to, tells of him, Fb. ii. 533; litlar sögur megu g. af hesti mínum, Nj. 90; um fram alla menn Norræna þá er sögur g. frá, Fms. i. 81.
    III. to take the lead, prevail; gékk þaðan af í Englandi Valska, thereafter (i. e. after the Conquest) the Welsh tongue prevailed in England, Ísl. ii. 221; ok þar allt sem Dönsk tunga gengi, Fms. xi. 19; meðan Dönsk tunga gengr, x. 179:—of money, to be current, hundrað aura þá er þá gengu í gjöld, Dropl. 16; eigi skulu álnar g. aðrar en þessar, Grág. i. 498; í þenna tíð gékk hér silfr í allar stórskuldir, 500, Fms. viii. 270; eptir því sem gengr ( the course) flestra manna í millum, Gþl. 352:—of laws, to be valid, ok var nær sem sín lög gengi í hverju fylki, Fms. iv. 18; Óðinn setti lög í landi sínu þau er gengit höfðu fyrr með Ásum, Hkr. i. 13; þeirra laga er gengu á Uppsala-þingi, Ó. H. 86; hér hefir Kristindóms-bálk þann er g. skal, N. G. L. i. 339; sá siðr er þá gékk, Fb. i. 71, (vide ganga yfir):—of sickness, plague, famine, to rage, þá gékk landfarsótt, bóla, drepsótt, hallæri, freq.; also impers., gékk því hallæri um allt Ísland, Bs. i. 184; mikit hallæri ok hart gékk yfir fólkið, 486, v. l.; gékk sóttin um haustið fyrir sunnan land; þá gékk mest plágan fyrri, Ann. 1402, 1403.
    IV. to go on, last, in a bad sense, of an evil; tókst síðan bardagi, ok er hann hafði gengit um hríð, Fs. 48: impers., hefir þessu gengit ( it has gone on) marga manns-aldra, Fms. i. 282; gékk því lengi, so it went on a long while, Grett. 79 new Ed.; gékk þessu enn til dags, Nj. 272; ok gékk því um hríð, 201; ok gékk því allan þann dag, Fms. vii. 147; lát því g. í allt sumar, xi. 57; gengr þessu þar til er …, Fb. i. 258.
    V. denoting violence; létu g. bæði grjót ok vápn, Eg. 261; létu þá hvárir-tveggju g. allt þat er til vápna höfðu, Fms. ix. 44; láta höggin g., to let it rain blows, Úlf. 12. 40; háðung, spottyrði, hróp ok brigzl hver lét með öðrum g. á víxl, Pass. 14. 3, (vápna-gangr); Birkibeinar róa þá eptir, ok létu g. lúðrana, and sounded violently the alarum, Fms. ix. 50, (lúðra-gangr); láta dæluna g., to pour out bad language, vide dæla.
    VI. to be able to go on, to go, partly impers.; ef þat gengr eigi, if that will not do, Fms. vi. 284; svá þykt at þeim gékk þar ekki at fara, they stood so close that they could not proceed there, Nj. 247; þá nam þar við, gékk þá eigi lengra, there was a stop; then it could go no farther, Fms. xi. 278; leiddu þeir skipit upp eptir ánni, svá sem gékk, as far as the ship could go, as far as the river was navigable, Eg. 127: esp. as a naut. term, impers., e. g. þeim gékk ekki fyrir nesið, they could not clear the ness; þá gengr eigi lengra, ok fella þeir þá seglið, Bs. i. 423; at vestr gengi um Langanes, 485, v. l.
    VII. with adverbs; g. létt, fljótt, to go smoothly; g. þungt, seint, to go slowly; oss munu öll vápna-viðskipti þungt g. við þá, Nj. 201; þungt g. oss nú málaferlin, 181; gékk þeim lítt atsóknin, Stj. 385; at þeim feðgum hefði þá allir hlutir léttast gengit, Bs. i. 274; seint gengr, Þórir, greizlan, Ó. H. 149; g. betr, verr, to get the better, the worse; gékk Ribbungum betr í fyrstu, Fms. ix. 313; gengu ekki mjök kaupin, the bargain did not go well, Nj. 157, cp. ganga til (B. above):—to turn out, hversu g. mundi orrostan, 273; gékk þá allt eptir því sem Hallr hafði sagt, 256; ef kviðir g. í hag sækjanda, if the verdict goes for the plaintiff, Grág. i. 87; þótti þetta mál hafa gengit at óskum, Dropl. 14; mart gengr verr en varir, a saying, Hm. 39; þykir honum nú at sýnu g. ( it seems to him evident) at hann hafi rétt hugsað, Fms. xi. 437; g. andæris, to go all wrong, Am. 14; g. misgöngum, to go amiss, Grág. i. 435; g. e-m í tauma, to turn false ( crooked); þat mun mér lítt í tauma g. er Rútr segir, Nj. 20; g. ofgangi, to go too high, Fms. vii. 269.
    VIII. of a blow or the like; hafði gengit upp á miðjan fetann, the axe went in up to the middle of the blade, Nj. 209; gékk þegar á hol, 60; gékk í gegnum skjöldinn, 245, Fb. i. 530.
    IX. of law; láta próf g., to make an enquiry; láta vátta g., to take evidence, D. N.
    X. to be gone, be lost; gékk hér með holdit niðr at beini, the flesh was torn off, Fb. i. 530: esp. in pass. part. genginn, dead, gone, eptir genginn guma, Hm. 71; moldar-genginn, buried, Sl. 60; hel-genginn, 68; afli genginn, gone from strength, i. e. powerless, Skv. 3. 13.
    β. gone, past; gengið er nú það görðist fyr, a ditty; mér er gengið heimsins hjól, gone for me is the world’s wheel ( luck), a ditty.
    XI. used as transit. with acc.; hann gengr björninn á bak aptr, he broke the bear’s back in grappling with him, Finnb. 248; ok gengr hana á bak, ok brýtr í sundr í henni hrygginn, Fb. i. 530.
    2. medic. with dat. to discharge; ganga blóði, to discharge blood (Dan. blodgang), Bs. i. 337, 383; Arius varð bráðdauðr ok gékk ór sér öllum iðrum, Ver. 47.
    D. REFLEX.:
    I. singly, gangask, to be altered, to change, be corrupted; gangask í munni, of tradition; var þat löng ævi, ok vant at sögurnar hefði eigi gengisk í munni, Ó. H. pref.; má því eigi þetta mál í munni gengisk hafa, Fb. ii. Sverr. S. pref.; ok mættim vér ráða um nokkut, at málit gengisk, that the case could miscarry, be lost, Glúm. 380:—láta gangask, to let pass. waive; lét Páll þá g. þá hluti er áðr höfðu í millum staðit, Sturl. i. 102; ef þú lætr eigi g. þat er ek kref þik, Fms. xi. 61.
    2. e-m gengsk hugr við e-t, to change one’s mind, i. e. to be moved to compassion, yield; sótti hón þá svá at honum gékksk hugr við, Eb. 264; þá gékksk Þorgerði hugr við harma-tölur hans, Ld. 232; ok mun honum g. hugr við þat, svá at hann mun fyrirgefa þér, Gísl. 98; nú sem hann grét, gékksk Ísak hugr við, Stj. 167; er sendimaðr fann at Birni gékksk hugr við féit, Ó. H. 194; við slíkar fortölur hennar gékksk Einari hugr (E. was swayed) til ágirni, Orkn. 24.
    II. with prepp. (cp. B. above); gangask at, to ‘go at it,’ engage in a fight; nú gangask þeir at fast, Dropl. 24, Ísl. ii. 267; gengusk menn at sveitum, of wrestlers, they wrestled one with another in sections (Dan. flokkevis), Glúm. 354; þeir gengusk at lengi, Finnb. 248:—gangask fyrir, vide B. above:—gangask í gegn, at móti, to stand against, fight against; at vér látim ok eigi þá ráða er mest vilja í gegn gangask (i. e. the extreme on each side), Íb. 12, cp. Fms. ii. 241; at þeir skipaði til um fylkingar sínar, hverjar sveitir móti skyldi g., i. e. to pair the combatants off, ix. 489; þeir risu upp ok gengusk at móti, Stj. 497. 2 Sam. ii. 15:—g. nær, to come to close quarters (Lat. cominus gerere), Nj. 176, Fms. xi. 240:—gangask á, to dash against one another, to split; á gengusk eiðar, the oaths were broken, Vsp. 30: to be squared off against one another, sú var görð þeirra, at á gengusk vígin húskarlanna, Rd. 288; ekki er annars getið en þeir léti þetta á gangask, i. e. they let it drop, Bjarn. 47; gangask fyrir, to fall off, Fms. iii. 255:—gangask við, to grow, gain strength; áðr en við gengisk hans bæn, before his prayer should be fulfilled, x. 258; ef þat er ætlað at trúa þessi skuli við g., Nj. 162; hétu þeir fast á guðin, at þau skyldi eigi láta við garrgask Kristniboð Ólafs konungs, Fms. ii. 32; þetta gékksk við um öll þau fylki, vii. 300; mikit gékksk Haraldr við (H. grew fast) um vöxt ok afl, Fb. i. 566; Eyvindr hafði mikið við gengizk um menntir, E. had much improved himself in good breeding, Hrafn. 24; vildi hann prófa hvárr þeirra meira hafði við gengisk, which of them had gained most strength, Grett. 107: to be in vogue, in a bad sense, ok löngum við gengisk öfund ok rangindi, Fms. i. 221, cp. Pass. 37. 7:—gangask ór stað, to be removed, Fms. xi. 107.
    III. in the phrase, e-m gengsk vel, ílla, it goes well, ill with one, Hom. 168, Am. 53; ílls gengsk þér aldri, nema …, the evil will never leave thee, thou wilt never be happy, unless …, 65.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GANGA

  • 10 ab

    ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:

    AF VOBEIS,

    Inscr. Orell. 3114;

    AF MVRO,

    ib. 6601;

    AF CAPVA,

    ib. 3308;

    AF SOLO,

    ib. 589;

    AF LYCO,

    ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):

    abs chorago,

    Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):

    abs quivis,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:

    abs terra,

    Cato, R. R. 51;

    and in compounds: aps-cessero,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;

    and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,

    id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).
    I.
    In space, and,
    II.
    Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.
    I.
    Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):

    Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    fuga ab urbe turpissima,

    Cic. Att. 7, 21:

    ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,

    Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:

    illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,

    all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:

    venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,

    Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.
    b.
    Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:

    oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:

    quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:

    ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:

    protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,

    id. ib. 1, 25, 2:

    profecti a domo,

    Liv. 40, 33, 2;

    of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:

    classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,

    Liv. 8, 22, 6;

    of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,

    Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:

    legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,

    id. 24, 40, 2.
    c.
    Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):

    Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:

    libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,

    Cic. Fl. 20, 47:

    Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,

    id. Att. 7, 24:

    cum a vobis discessero,

    id. Sen. 22:

    multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,

    Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:

    so a fratre,

    id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:

    a Pontio,

    Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:

    ab ea,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.
    B.
    Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.
    1.
    Of separation:

    ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:

    abesse a domo paulisper maluit,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:

    tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,

    Sall. C. 40, 5:

    absint lacerti ab stabulis,

    Verg. G. 4, 14.—
    2.
    Of distance:

    quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,

    Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:

    nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,

    id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:

    hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:

    terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:

    non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):

    cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,

    Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:

    qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:

    quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:

    procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:

    tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,

    Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;

    v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:

    tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,

    id. Pis. 11, 26; and:

    tam prope ab domo detineri,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:

    onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,

    eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:

    duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,

    id. 37, 38, 5). —
    3.
    To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:

    picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,

    Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:

    pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,

    on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:

    non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,

    at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:

    erat a septentrionibus collis,

    on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    In time.
    1.
    From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:

    Exul ab octava Marius bibit,

    Juv. 1,40:

    mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,

    immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:

    Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    ab hac contione legati missi sunt,

    immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:

    ab eo magistratu,

    after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:

    a summa spe novissima exspectabat,

    after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:

    ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,

    Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:

    confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,

    Liv. 30, 36, 1:

    statim a funere,

    Suet. Caes. 85;

    and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,

    id. ib. 60:

    protinus ab adoptione,

    Vell. 2, 104, 3:

    Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,

    soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—

    Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,

    i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:

    secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,

    i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.
    2.
    With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:

    ab hora tertia bibebatur,

    from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:

    infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,

    since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:

    vixit ab omni aeternitate,

    from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:

    cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,

    Nep. Att. 5, 3:

    in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,

    after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:

    centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,

    since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:

    cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,

    id. Sen. 6, 19; and:

    ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,

    since, Sall. C. 47, 2:

    diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:

    quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,

    since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:

    jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,

    from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:

    cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:

    a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,

    Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:

    pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,

    from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.
    b.
    Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:

    qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,

    from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:

    mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,

    a pueritia,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:

    jam inde ab adulescentia,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:

    ab adulescentia,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 1:

    jam a prima adulescentia,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:

    ab ineunte adulescentia,

    id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.

    followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:

    a primis temporibus aetatis,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:

    a teneris unguiculis,

    from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:

    usque a toga pura,

    id. Att. 7, 8, 5:

    jam inde ab incunabulis,

    Liv. 4, 36, 5:

    a prima lanugine,

    Suet. Oth. 12:

    viridi ab aevo,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;

    rarely of animals: ab infantia,

    Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:

    qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,

    a pausillo puero,

    id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:

    a puero,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:

    a pueris,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:

    ab adulescente,

    id. Quint. 3, 12:

    ab infante,

    Col. 1, 8, 2:

    a parva virgine,

    Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:

    a parvis,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:

    a parvulo,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:

    ab parvulis,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:

    ab tenero,

    Col. 5, 6, 20;

    and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.
    B.
    In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.
    1.
    In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):

    suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:

    qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:

    hic ab artificio suo non recessit,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:

    quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:

    condicionem quam ab te peto,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:

    mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:

    si quid ab illo acceperis,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:

    quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:

    ab defensione desistere,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:

    ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,

    id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:

    ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):

    qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,

    the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:

    tu nunc eris alter ab illo,

    next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:

    Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,

    next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:

    quid hoc ab illo differt,

    from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:

    hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,

    id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:

    discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,

    id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):

    quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7:

    alieno a te animo fuit,

    id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):

    subdole ab re consulit,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:

    haut est ab re aucupis,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:

    non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,

    Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:

    a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,

    Cic. Lael. 1, 1:

    ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    disputata ab eo,

    id. ib. 1, 4 al.:

    illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,

    id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:

    ita generati a natura sumus,

    id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:

    pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,

    Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:

    niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:

    quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,

    is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:

    salvebis a meo Cicerone,

    i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:

    a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,

    i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:

    ne vir ab hoste cadat,

    Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):

    levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:

    a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,

    id. Off. 2, 6, 19:

    si calor est a sole,

    id. N. D. 2, 52:

    ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),

    id. Att. 16, 7, 5:

    metu poenae a Romanis,

    Liv. 32, 23, 9:

    bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,

    id. 3, 22, 2:

    ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,

    id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:

    lassus ab equo indomito,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:

    Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,

    Prop. 5, 1, 126:

    tempus a nostris triste malis,

    time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:

    vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?

    by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,

    ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),

    Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:

    si postulatur a populo,

    if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:

    deseror conjuge,

    Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;

    and in prose,

    Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:

    ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:

    (urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.
    b.
    With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:

    pastores a Pergamide,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:

    Turnus ab Aricia,

    Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):

    obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,

    Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.
    c.
    In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:

    (sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,

    id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)
    d.
    With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:

    da, puere, ab summo,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,

    da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:

    coepere a fame mala,

    Liv. 4, 12, 7:

    cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,

    tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:

    a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.
    e.
    With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:

    a foliis et stercore purgato,

    Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:

    tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?

    Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:

    Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,

    Liv. 21, 11, 5:

    expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,

    Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:

    haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):

    ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,

    Sall. C. 32:

    ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,

    Liv. 21, 35, 12:

    ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,

    Cic. Sest. 64, 133.
    f.
    With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:

    el metul a Chryside,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:

    ab Hannibale metuens,

    Liv. 23, 36; and:

    metus a praetore,

    id. 23, 15, 7;

    v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,

    Cic. Sull. 20, 59:

    postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,

    you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.
    g.
    With verbs of fastening and holding:

    funiculus a puppi religatus,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:

    cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,

    Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.
    h.
    Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:

    a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,

    Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.
    i.
    Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):

    id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22.
    j.
    Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:

    doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:

    a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,

    id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:

    a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,

    a frigore laborantibus,

    Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:

    laborare ab re frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.
    k.
    Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:

    ab ingenio improbus,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:

    a me pudica'st,

    id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:

    orba ab optimatibus contio,

    Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):

    locus copiosus a frumento,

    Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:

    sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,

    id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:

    ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,

    id. Brut. 16, 63:

    ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,

    Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;

    so often in poets ab arte=arte,

    artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.
    l.
    In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:

    linguam ab irrisu exserentem,

    thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:

    ab honore,

    id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.
    m.
    Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:

    ab illo injuria,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:

    fulgor ab auro,

    Lucr. 2, 5:

    dulces a fontibus undae,

    Verg. G. 2, 243.
    n.
    In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:

    scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    nonnuill ab novissimis,

    id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).
    o.
    In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:

    qui sunt ab ea disciplina,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:

    ab eo qui sunt,

    id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:

    nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,

    id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).
    p.
    To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;

    in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,

    one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,

    a manu servus,

    a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).
    q.
    The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:

    a peregre,

    Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:

    a foris,

    Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:

    ab intus,

    ib. ib. 7, 15:

    ab invicem,

    App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:

    a longe,

    Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:

    a modo,

    ib. ib. 23, 39;

    Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,

    Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:

    a sursum,

    ib. Marc. 15, 38.
    ► a.
    Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:

    Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,

    Cic. Pis. 37, 91:

    a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?

    id. Sen. 6:

    a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?

    id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:

    res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,

    id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—
    b.
    Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—
    c.
    It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:

    a vitae periculo,

    Cic. Brut. 91, 313:

    a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,

    id. Arch. 6, 12:

    a minus bono,

    Sall. C. 2, 6:

    a satis miti principio,

    Liv. 1, 6, 4:

    damnis dives ab ipsa suis,

    Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—
    d.
    The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):

    aque Chao,

    Verg. G. 4, 347:

    aque mero,

    Ov. M. 3, 631:

    aque viro,

    id. H. 6, 156:

    aque suis,

    id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:

    a meque,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:

    abs teque,

    id. Att. 3, 15, 4:

    a teque,

    id. ib. 8, 11, §

    7: a primaque adulescentia,

    id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —
    e.
    A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.
    III.
    In composition ab,
    1.
    Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—
    2.
    It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ab

  • 11 cosa

    f.
    1 thing (objeto, idea).
    tengo que decirte una cosa I've got something to tell you
    ¿quieres alguna cosa? is there anything you want?
    cualquier cosa anything
    no es gran cosa it's not important, it's no big deal
    poca cosa nothing much
    Una cosa propia de una joven, A girlish kind of thing
    2 funny remark (ocurrencia).
    ¡qué cosas tienes! you do say some funny things!
    son cosas de mamá that's just the way Mum is, that's just one of Mum's little idiosyncrasies
    pres.subj.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: coser.
    * * *
    1 (gen) thing
    ■ coge tus cosas take your things, take your stuff
    ■ ¿alguna cosa más? anything else?
    2 (asunto) matter, business
    3 (nada) nothing, not anything
    1 familiar (manías) hang-ups
    \
    así están las cosas that's the way things are, that's how things stand
    como cosa tuya as if it were your idea
    como están las cosas as things stand
    como si tal cosa just like that
    cosa de about
    cosa nunca vista something surprising
    cosas de la vida that's life
    decir cuatro cosas to tell a few home truths
    es cosa de... (tiempo) it's time to... 2 (cuestión) it's a matter of...
    lo que son las cosas much to my surprise
    no sea cosa que... in case...
    no ser gran cosa not to be important
    no valer gran cosa not to be worth much
    ser cosa hecha familiar to be no sooner said than done
    ser poquita cosa familiar not to be much, not to amount too much
    cosas de negocios business matters
    * * *
    noun f.
    1) thing, object, stuff
    2) matter, affair
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=objeto) thing

    ¿qué es esa cosa redonda? — what's that round thing?

    no es otra cosa que una bolsa de plástico — it's nothing more than a plastic bag, it's just a plastic bag

    - es cosa fina
    2) [uso indefinido]

    ¿alguna cosa más? — anything else?

    • o cosa así, 20 kilos o cosa así — 20 kilos or thereabouts

    • cualquier cosa — anything

    • gran cosa, el coche no vale gran cosa — the car isn't worth much

    como futbolista no es gran cosa — he's not a great footballer, he's not much of a footballer

    • poca cosa, lo qué recibieron a cambio fue poca cosa — they didn't get much in return, they got very little in return

    jugamos a las cartas, leemos y poca cosa más — we play cards, read and do little else o and that's about it

    • una cosa — something

    ¿me puedes decir una cosa? — can you tell me something?

    una cosa, se me olvidaba preguntarte por el precio — by the way, I forgot to ask you about the price

    en general está muy bien, solo una cosa... — on the whole, it's very good, there's just one thing...

    3) (=asunto)

    ¿has visto cosa igual? — did you ever see the like?

    ¡qué cosa más extraña! — how strange!

    esa es cosa vieja — so what's new?, that's ancient history

    ¡vaya una cosa! — well!, there's a thing!

    • la cosa es que... — the thing is (that)...

    la cosa está en considerar el problema desde otro ángulo — the thing to do o the trick is to consider the problem from another angle

    • no es cosa de broma o risa — it's no laughing matter

    • no sea cosa que — in case

    trae el paraguas, no sea cosa que llueva — bring your umbrella in case it rains

    • otra cosa, no se hablaba de otra cosa — people talked about nothing else

    ¿hay otra cosa que pueda hacer? — is there anything else I can do?

    eso es otra cosa — that's another matter o thing (entirely)

    otra cosa es que la ley imponga 40 horas semanales para todos — it's another matter entirely for the law to oblige everyone to work 40 hours a week

    otra cosa sería si... — it would be quite another matter if...

    • cosa rara, y, cosa rara, nadie lo vio — and, oddly o funnily enough, nobody saw it

    como quien no quiere la cosa —

    como si tal cosa —

    le dije que había sido seleccionado para el trabajo y se quedó como si tal cosa — I told him he had got the job and he barely reacted

    4) (=nada)

    jamás he visto cosa semejante — I've never seen anything like it, I've never seen the like of it

    ¡no hay tal cosa! — nothing of the sort!

    5) pl cosas
    a) (=acciones, asuntos)

    ¡son cosas de Juan! — that's Juan all over!, that's just like Juan!

    ¡cosas de niños! — boys will be boys!

    ¡qué cosas dices! — you do say some silly things!

    ¡tienes unas cosas! — the things you say!

    • meterse en cosas de otros — to stick one's nose in other people's business

    b)

    • las cosas — (=situación) things

    así las cosas, se marchó de la reunión — at this point, she left the meeting

    ¡lo que son las cosas! — just imagine!, fancy that!

    6)

    • cosa de — [indicando tiempo] about

    7) ** [droga] hash *
    8) LAm [como conj]

    • cosa que, camina lento, cosa que no te canses — walk slowly so (that) you don't get tired

    no le digas nada, cosa que no se ofenda — don't say anything to him, that way he won't get offended, don't say anything to him in case he gets offended

    * * *
    1)
    a) ( objeto) thing

    ¿alguna otra cosa? or ¿alguna cosa más? — anything else?

    b) (acto, acción) thing

    no puedo hacer otra cosa — there's nothing else I can do o it's the only thing I can do

    entre una(s) cosa(s) y otra(s)... — what with one thing and another...

    c) ( al hablar)

    qué cosas dices! — really, what a thing to say!

    dime una cosa... — tell me something...

    oye, una cosa... — ( por cierto) by the way...

    d) (detalle, punto)
    e) (asunto, tema) thing

    si por cualquier cosa no puedes venir, avísame — if you can't come for any reason, let me know

    esto no es cosa de broma/risa — this is no joke/no laughing matter

    la cosa es que... — the thing is that...

    2) cosas femenino plural ( pertenencias) things (pl)
    3) (situación, suceso)

    la cosa se pone negra/fea — things are starting to get unpleasant

    ¿cómo te van las cosas? — how are things?

    ¿cómo está la cosa? — ( cómo está la situación) how are things?; ( cómo estás) (Ven) how are you doing?

    lo que son las cosas! — well, well! o fancy that! (colloq)

    en mi vida he visto/oído cosa igual — I've never seen/heard anything like it

    cosa rara en él, se equivocó — he made a mistake, which is unusual for him

    esto es cosa de magia or de brujería — this is witchcraft!

    una cosa es ser bueno y otra ser el mejor — being good is one thing, but being the best is quite another

    4)
    a) (fam) ( ocurrencia)

    tienes cada cosa! — the things you come up (AmE) o (BrE) out with!

    no te preocupes, eso es cosa mía — don't worry, I'll handle it

    6) ( en locs)

    cosa de — (AmS fam) so as to

    cosa que — (AmS fam) so that

    no sea or no vaya a ser cosa que: llévate el paraguas, no sea cosa que llueva take your umbrella just in case; átalo, no sea cosa que se escape tie it up so that it doesn't get away; o cosa así or so; cada cosa a su tiempo one thing at a time; como quien no quiere la cosa casually; como si tal cosa: no puedes irte como si tal cosa you can't go just like that o as if nothing had happened; le dije que era peligroso y siguió como si tal cosa I told him it was dangerous but he just carried on o he carried on regardless; cosa de... (fam): es cosa de unos minutos it'll (only) take a couple of minutes; es cosa de intentarlo you just have to give it a go; está a cosa de dos kilómetros it's about two kilometers; darle cosa a alguien (fam): me da cosa comer caracoles/ver sangre eating snails/the sight of blood makes me feel funny; me da cosa pedirle tanto dinero I feel awkward asking him for so much money; decirle a alguien un par de or cuatro cosas (fam) to tell somebody a thing or two; no ser gran cosa (fam) to be nothing special (colloq); poca cosa: es muy poca cosa ( en apariencia) he's not much to look at; ( en personalidad) he's not up to much (colloq); queda algo pero poca cosa there's some left but not much; un trabajo así es muy poca cosa para ella a job like that isn't good enough for her; poner las cosas en su lugar or sitio to put o set the record straight; ser cosa hecha (CS) to be a foregone conclusion; ser/parecer otra cosa: esto es otra cosa!, ahora sí se oye this is more like it! you can hear it now; con ese peinado parece otra cosa she looks a new woman with that hairstyle; ¿invitas tú? eso es otra cosa! are you paying? oh well, that's different, then!; las cosas claras — I like to know where I stand

    * * *
    = thing, item, business [businesses, -pl.].
    Ex. A collection of medical books for the general public in a public library may deal with the same range of topics, but the indexing can probably be more broad than in a specialist index, and the terms used for the same thing may be different.
    Ex. Since only twenty or so items can be displayed on the screen at a time, the ↑ (Up), ↓ (Down), Page Up and Page Down keys are used to scroll through the listing.
    Ex. I think this whole business about whether punctuation is obtrusive or not is quite honestly not worth discussing.
    ----
    * aclarar las cosas = set + the record straight.
    * acostumbrarse a las cosas = get (back) into + the swings of things, things + grow on + Pronombre.
    * apostarse cualquier cosa = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * arreglar las cosas = put + things right.
    * así son las cosas = that's they way things are.
    * a veces las cosas salen mal = shit happens.
    * cambiar las cosas desde dentro = change + things from the inside.
    * capaz de hacer cualquier cosa = capable of anything.
    * casi cualquier cosa = just about anything.
    * como si tal cosa = be right as rain, unfazed, just like that.
    * complicar las cosas = make + things complex, add + salt to the wound, add + salt to injury, add + insult to injury, rub + salt in the wound.
    * conjunto de cosas afines, el = whole schmier, the.
    * correr un velo sobre las cosas = sweep + things under the rug.
    * cosa esencial = essential.
    * cosa hecha = plain sailing, walkover.
    * cosa indeseable = beast.
    * cosa inútil = dead horse.
    * cosa que se inserta = insert.
    * cosas = stuff, matters, bits and pieces.
    * cosas buenas = goodies [goody, -sing.].
    * cosas + cambiar inesperadamente = things + take a turn for the unexpected.
    * cosas como = the likes of.
    * cosas de la casa = household chores.
    * cosa secundaria = accidentals.
    * cosas + empeorar = things + get worse, things + get rough.
    * cosas esenciales, las = basic essentials, the.
    * cosas este tipo de cosas = this sort of thing.
    * cosas inútiles = deadwood [dead wood].
    * cosas + ir bien = things + go well.
    * cosas + mejorar = things + get better.
    * cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.
    * cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.
    * cosas ricas = goodies [goody, -sing.].
    * cosas + salir bien = things + work out.
    * cosas transitorias, las = transient, the.
    * cosa superficial = accidentals.
    * cosa viva = living thing.
    * cualquier cosa = anything.
    * cualquier cosa que no sea = anything but.
    * cualquier otra cosa = anything else, whatever else.
    * dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.
    * dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].
    * dar sentido a las cosas = meaning making.
    * dejar las cosas como están = let + the matter + rest, let + sleeping dogs lie.
    * dejar las cosas tranquilas = let + sleeping dogs lie.
    * dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * economizar en cosas importantes y derrochar en nimiedades = penny wise, pound foolish.
    * el estado de las cosas = the lay of the land [the lie of the land, -UK].
    * empeorar las cosas = make + matters + worse, add + salt to the wound, make + things worse, add + salt to injury, add + insult to injury, rub + salt in the wound.
    * encontrar cosas comunes = find + common ground.
    * en el curso normal de las cosas = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * enmarañar las cosas = muddy + the waters.
    * en otro orden de cosas = on another topic, as for, as regards, meanwhile, on another matter, on another note, on other matters.
    * enredar las cosas = muddy + the waters.
    * entre otras cosas = amongst other things, for one thing, inter alia, among other things.
    * ese tipo de cosas = that sort of thing.
    * estar al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estar equivocado en + Número + cosas = be wrong on + Número + count(s).
    * facilitar las cosas = make + things easier.
    * forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.
    * gran cosa = big deal.
    * grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.
    * hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.
    * hacer cosas = get + things done.
    * hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * haciendo cosas = up and about.
    * jugarse cualquier cosa = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * la cosa es que = the thing is.
    * la cosa principal = the number one thing.
    * la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.
    * la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.
    * las cosas + cambiar = pendulum + swing.
    * las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no pasan (así) porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no son tan simples como parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas siguen igual = business as usual.
    * las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.
    * las cosas son más complicadas de lo que parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas tal y como son = the birds and the bees.
    * llamar las cosas por su nombre = call + a spade a spade.
    * lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.
    * manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.
    * mantener las cosas en marcha = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantener las cosas en movimiento = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantener las cosas funcionando = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantenerse al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * más que ninguna otra cosa = beyond all else.
    * mismísima cosa, la = very thing, the.
    * muchas otras cosas = much else.
    * muchas otras cosas más = much else besides.
    * ni una cosa ni la otra = in-between, betwixt and between.
    * no conseguir ni una cosa ni otra = fall (between/through) + the cracks.
    * no pensar en otra cosa que = be wrapped up in.
    * no ser gran cosa = not add up to much, add up to + nothing.
    * no ser ni una cosa ni otra = fall between + two stools.
    * no significar gran cosa = not add up to much.
    * no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.
    * no valer gran cosa = be no great shakes.
    * no + Verbo + otra cosa que = Verbo + nothing else but.
    * ocultar las cosas = sweep + things under the rug.
    * otra cosa = something else.
    * otra cosa que no sea = anything other than.
    * para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para empeorar las cosas = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury.
    * pasar a cosas más agradables = on a happier note.
    * poca cosa = small fry, the.
    * poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.
    * por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.
    * por + Número + cosas = on + Número + counts.
    * qué es cada cosa = what is what.
    * qué otra cosa = what else.
    * que se toma las cosas con calma = laid-back.
    * quitarle importancia a las cosas = make + light of things.
    * recoger las cosas = clear away + the things.
    * recoger las cosas de Uno antes de irse = pack + Posesivo + things.
    * restarle importancia a las cosas = make + light of things.
    * sacar las cosas de quicio = blow + things (up) out of (all) proportion.
    * sensación de no ser ni una cosa ni la otra = in-betweenness.
    * ser capaz de hacer cualquier cosa por = go to + any lengths to, go to + great lengths to.
    * sobre todas las cosas = above all things.
    * tener cosas en común = share + common ground.
    * tomarse las cosas a la ligera = make + light of things.
    * tomarse las cosas con calma = keep + a cool head, play it + cool.
    * una buena cosa = a good thing.
    * una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.
    * una misma cosa = one and the same.
    * u otra cosa = or what not [whatnot].
    * ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas desde una perspectiva = see + things from + perspective.
    * ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas en su conjunto = see + things as a whole.
    * ver las cosas en su totalidad = see + things as a whole.
    * ver las cosas positivas = look on + the bright side.
    * ver las cosas positivas de la vida = look on + the bright side of life.
    * y otras cosas = and things.
    * y todo este tipo de cosas = and all this sort of thing.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( objeto) thing

    ¿alguna otra cosa? or ¿alguna cosa más? — anything else?

    b) (acto, acción) thing

    no puedo hacer otra cosa — there's nothing else I can do o it's the only thing I can do

    entre una(s) cosa(s) y otra(s)... — what with one thing and another...

    c) ( al hablar)

    qué cosas dices! — really, what a thing to say!

    dime una cosa... — tell me something...

    oye, una cosa... — ( por cierto) by the way...

    d) (detalle, punto)
    e) (asunto, tema) thing

    si por cualquier cosa no puedes venir, avísame — if you can't come for any reason, let me know

    esto no es cosa de broma/risa — this is no joke/no laughing matter

    la cosa es que... — the thing is that...

    2) cosas femenino plural ( pertenencias) things (pl)
    3) (situación, suceso)

    la cosa se pone negra/fea — things are starting to get unpleasant

    ¿cómo te van las cosas? — how are things?

    ¿cómo está la cosa? — ( cómo está la situación) how are things?; ( cómo estás) (Ven) how are you doing?

    lo que son las cosas! — well, well! o fancy that! (colloq)

    en mi vida he visto/oído cosa igual — I've never seen/heard anything like it

    cosa rara en él, se equivocó — he made a mistake, which is unusual for him

    esto es cosa de magia or de brujería — this is witchcraft!

    una cosa es ser bueno y otra ser el mejor — being good is one thing, but being the best is quite another

    4)
    a) (fam) ( ocurrencia)

    tienes cada cosa! — the things you come up (AmE) o (BrE) out with!

    no te preocupes, eso es cosa mía — don't worry, I'll handle it

    6) ( en locs)

    cosa de — (AmS fam) so as to

    cosa que — (AmS fam) so that

    no sea or no vaya a ser cosa que: llévate el paraguas, no sea cosa que llueva take your umbrella just in case; átalo, no sea cosa que se escape tie it up so that it doesn't get away; o cosa así or so; cada cosa a su tiempo one thing at a time; como quien no quiere la cosa casually; como si tal cosa: no puedes irte como si tal cosa you can't go just like that o as if nothing had happened; le dije que era peligroso y siguió como si tal cosa I told him it was dangerous but he just carried on o he carried on regardless; cosa de... (fam): es cosa de unos minutos it'll (only) take a couple of minutes; es cosa de intentarlo you just have to give it a go; está a cosa de dos kilómetros it's about two kilometers; darle cosa a alguien (fam): me da cosa comer caracoles/ver sangre eating snails/the sight of blood makes me feel funny; me da cosa pedirle tanto dinero I feel awkward asking him for so much money; decirle a alguien un par de or cuatro cosas (fam) to tell somebody a thing or two; no ser gran cosa (fam) to be nothing special (colloq); poca cosa: es muy poca cosa ( en apariencia) he's not much to look at; ( en personalidad) he's not up to much (colloq); queda algo pero poca cosa there's some left but not much; un trabajo así es muy poca cosa para ella a job like that isn't good enough for her; poner las cosas en su lugar or sitio to put o set the record straight; ser cosa hecha (CS) to be a foregone conclusion; ser/parecer otra cosa: esto es otra cosa!, ahora sí se oye this is more like it! you can hear it now; con ese peinado parece otra cosa she looks a new woman with that hairstyle; ¿invitas tú? eso es otra cosa! are you paying? oh well, that's different, then!; las cosas claras — I like to know where I stand

    * * *
    = thing, item, business [businesses, -pl.].

    Ex: A collection of medical books for the general public in a public library may deal with the same range of topics, but the indexing can probably be more broad than in a specialist index, and the terms used for the same thing may be different.

    Ex: Since only twenty or so items can be displayed on the screen at a time, the &\#8593; (Up), &\#8595; (Down), Page Up and Page Down keys are used to scroll through the listing.
    Ex: I think this whole business about whether punctuation is obtrusive or not is quite honestly not worth discussing.
    * aclarar las cosas = set + the record straight.
    * acostumbrarse a las cosas = get (back) into + the swings of things, things + grow on + Pronombre.
    * apostarse cualquier cosa = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * arreglar las cosas = put + things right.
    * así son las cosas = that's they way things are.
    * a veces las cosas salen mal = shit happens.
    * cambiar las cosas desde dentro = change + things from the inside.
    * capaz de hacer cualquier cosa = capable of anything.
    * casi cualquier cosa = just about anything.
    * como si tal cosa = be right as rain, unfazed, just like that.
    * complicar las cosas = make + things complex, add + salt to the wound, add + salt to injury, add + insult to injury, rub + salt in the wound.
    * conjunto de cosas afines, el = whole schmier, the.
    * correr un velo sobre las cosas = sweep + things under the rug.
    * cosa esencial = essential.
    * cosa hecha = plain sailing, walkover.
    * cosa indeseable = beast.
    * cosa inútil = dead horse.
    * cosa que se inserta = insert.
    * cosas = stuff, matters, bits and pieces.
    * cosas buenas = goodies [goody, -sing.].
    * cosas + cambiar inesperadamente = things + take a turn for the unexpected.
    * cosas como = the likes of.
    * cosas de la casa = household chores.
    * cosa secundaria = accidentals.
    * cosas + empeorar = things + get worse, things + get rough.
    * cosas esenciales, las = basic essentials, the.
    * cosas este tipo de cosas = this sort of thing.
    * cosas inútiles = deadwood [dead wood].
    * cosas + ir bien = things + go well.
    * cosas + mejorar = things + get better.
    * cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.
    * cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.
    * cosas ricas = goodies [goody, -sing.].
    * cosas + salir bien = things + work out.
    * cosas transitorias, las = transient, the.
    * cosa superficial = accidentals.
    * cosa viva = living thing.
    * cualquier cosa = anything.
    * cualquier cosa que no sea = anything but.
    * cualquier otra cosa = anything else, whatever else.
    * dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.
    * dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].
    * dar sentido a las cosas = meaning making.
    * dejar las cosas como están = let + the matter + rest, let + sleeping dogs lie.
    * dejar las cosas tranquilas = let + sleeping dogs lie.
    * dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * economizar en cosas importantes y derrochar en nimiedades = penny wise, pound foolish.
    * el estado de las cosas = the lay of the land [the lie of the land, -UK].
    * empeorar las cosas = make + matters + worse, add + salt to the wound, make + things worse, add + salt to injury, add + insult to injury, rub + salt in the wound.
    * encontrar cosas comunes = find + common ground.
    * en el curso normal de las cosas = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * enmarañar las cosas = muddy + the waters.
    * en otro orden de cosas = on another topic, as for, as regards, meanwhile, on another matter, on another note, on other matters.
    * enredar las cosas = muddy + the waters.
    * entre otras cosas = amongst other things, for one thing, inter alia, among other things.
    * ese tipo de cosas = that sort of thing.
    * estar al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estar equivocado en + Número + cosas = be wrong on + Número + count(s).
    * facilitar las cosas = make + things easier.
    * forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.
    * gran cosa = big deal.
    * grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.
    * hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.
    * hacer cosas = get + things done.
    * hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * haciendo cosas = up and about.
    * jugarse cualquier cosa = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * la cosa es que = the thing is.
    * la cosa principal = the number one thing.
    * la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.
    * la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.
    * las cosas + cambiar = pendulum + swing.
    * las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no pasan (así) porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no son tan simples como parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas siguen igual = business as usual.
    * las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.
    * las cosas son más complicadas de lo que parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas tal y como son = the birds and the bees.
    * llamar las cosas por su nombre = call + a spade a spade.
    * lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.
    * manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.
    * mantener las cosas en marcha = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantener las cosas en movimiento = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantener las cosas funcionando = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantenerse al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * más que ninguna otra cosa = beyond all else.
    * mismísima cosa, la = very thing, the.
    * muchas otras cosas = much else.
    * muchas otras cosas más = much else besides.
    * ni una cosa ni la otra = in-between, betwixt and between.
    * no conseguir ni una cosa ni otra = fall (between/through) + the cracks.
    * no pensar en otra cosa que = be wrapped up in.
    * no ser gran cosa = not add up to much, add up to + nothing.
    * no ser ni una cosa ni otra = fall between + two stools.
    * no significar gran cosa = not add up to much.
    * no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.
    * no valer gran cosa = be no great shakes.
    * no + Verbo + otra cosa que = Verbo + nothing else but.
    * ocultar las cosas = sweep + things under the rug.
    * otra cosa = something else.
    * otra cosa que no sea = anything other than.
    * para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para empeorar las cosas = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury.
    * pasar a cosas más agradables = on a happier note.
    * poca cosa = small fry, the.
    * poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.
    * por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.
    * por + Número + cosas = on + Número + counts.
    * qué es cada cosa = what is what.
    * qué otra cosa = what else.
    * que se toma las cosas con calma = laid-back.
    * quitarle importancia a las cosas = make + light of things.
    * recoger las cosas = clear away + the things.
    * recoger las cosas de Uno antes de irse = pack + Posesivo + things.
    * restarle importancia a las cosas = make + light of things.
    * sacar las cosas de quicio = blow + things (up) out of (all) proportion.
    * sensación de no ser ni una cosa ni la otra = in-betweenness.
    * ser capaz de hacer cualquier cosa por = go to + any lengths to, go to + great lengths to.
    * sobre todas las cosas = above all things.
    * tener cosas en común = share + common ground.
    * tomarse las cosas a la ligera = make + light of things.
    * tomarse las cosas con calma = keep + a cool head, play it + cool.
    * una buena cosa = a good thing.
    * una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.
    * una misma cosa = one and the same.
    * u otra cosa = or what not [whatnot].
    * ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas desde una perspectiva = see + things from + perspective.
    * ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas en su conjunto = see + things as a whole.
    * ver las cosas en su totalidad = see + things as a whole.
    * ver las cosas positivas = look on + the bright side.
    * ver las cosas positivas de la vida = look on + the bright side of life.
    * y otras cosas = and things.
    * y todo este tipo de cosas = and all this sort of thing.

    * * *
    A
    1 objeto
    2 acto, acción
    3 al hablar
    4 detalle, punto
    5 asunto, tema
    Compuestos:
    B
    1 pertenencias
    2 utensilios, equipo
    C situación, suceso
    D
    1 ocurrencia
    2 comportamiento típico
    E incumbencia
    F pene
    G marihuana
    H en locuciones
    A
    1 (objeto) thing
    cualquier cosa anything
    ¿alguna otra cosa? or ¿alguna cosa más? anything else?
    pon cada cosa en su sitio put everything in its place
    te he traído una cosita I've brought you a little something
    ¡pero qué cosa más bonita! ( fam); what a pretty thing!
    queda poca cosa there's hardly anything left
    lo tienen que operar de no sé qué cosa he has to have an operation for something or other, he has to have some sort of operation
    hay muchas cosas que ver there are lots of things to see, there's plenty to see
    2
    (acto, acción): no sé hacer otra cosa it's the only thing I know how to do
    lo siento pero no puedo hacer otra cosa I'm sorry but there's nothing else I can do o it's the only thing I can do
    me gusta hacer las cosas bien I like to do things properly
    no me gusta dejar las cosas a medias I don't like doing things by halves
    entre una(s) cosa(s) y otra(s) se me pasó el tiempo volando with one thing and another the time just flew by
    me parece la cosa más natural del mundo I think that's absolutely normal o right
    3
    (al hablar): ¡qué cosas dices, hombre! really, what a thing to say! o you do say some strange ( o silly etc) things!
    dime una cosa ¿tú que piensas de todo esto? tell me, what do you make of all this?
    oye, una cosa … ¿qué vas a hacer esta noche? by the way … what are you doing tonight?
    tengo que contarte una cosa there's something I have to tell you
    4
    (detalle, punto): aquí habría que aclarar una cosa importante there's an important point here that I ought to clear up
    aquí hay una cosa que no entiendo there's something here I don't understand
    5 (asunto, tema) thing
    tenía cosas más importantes en que pensar I had more important things to think about
    hay un par de cosas que me gustaría discutir contigo there are a couple of things o matters I'd like to discuss with you
    no creo que la cosa funcione I don't think it's o this is going to work
    está muy preocupada, y la cosa no es para menos she's very worried, and so she should be
    ¡pues sí que tiene gracia la cosa! ( iró fam); well, that's great, isn't it! ( iro colloq)
    no va a ser cosa fácil it's not going to be easy
    en mis tiempos casarse era cosa seria in my day getting married was a serious thing o matter
    se enfada por cualquier cosa he gets angry over the slightest thing
    si por cualquier cosa no puedes venir, avísame if you can't come for any reason, let me know
    por una cosa o por otra, siempre llega tarde for one reason or other he always arrives late
    esto no es cosa de broma/risa this is no joke, this is no laughing matter
    la cosa es que no voy a tener tiempo the thing is that o it's just that I'm not going to have time
    la cosa es que si no llega en cinco minutos me voy look o well, if he's not here in five minutes, I'm going
    Compuestos:
    ( Der) res judicata
    res publica
    1 (pertenencias) things (pl)
    se ha llevado todas sus cosas she's taken all her things o belongings
    2 ( fam) (utensilios, equipo) things (pl) ( colloq)
    las cosas de limpiar the cleaning things
    mis cosas de deporte my sports things o gear ( colloq)
    C
    (situación, suceso): así están las cosas that's how things are o stand
    la cosa se pone negra/fea things are getting o the situation is getting unpleasant
    ¿cómo te van las cosas? how are things?
    ¿cómo está la cosa? ( Ven); how are things?
    las cosas no andan muy bien entre ellos things aren't too good between them
    esas cosas no pasaban antes things like that never used to happen before
    son cosas de la vida that's life!
    ¡lo que son las cosas! well, well! o fancy that! ( colloq)
    son cosas que pasan that's the way things go, these things happen
    además, las cosas como son, conmigo siempre se ha portado bien besides, I have to admit he's always treated me well
    en mi vida he visto/oído cosa igual I've never seen/heard anything like it
    cosa rara en él, se equivocó he made a mistake, which is unusual for him
    ¡qué cosa más extraña! how strange o funny!
    no hay tal cosa it's not true at all
    esto parece cosa de magia or de brujería or ( RPl) de Mandinga this is witchcraft!
    una cosa es que te lo preste y otra muy distinta que te lo regale lending it to you is one thing, but giving it to you is another matter altogether
    D
    1 ( fam)
    (ocurrencia): ¡tienes cada cosa! the things you think of!, the ideas you come up with!
    díselo como si fuera cosa tuya tell him as if it were your idea
    esto es cosa de tu padre this is your father's doing o idea
    ¡qué va a ser peligroso! eso son cosas de ella of course it isn't dangerous! that's just one of her funny notions o ideas
    2
    (comportamiento típico): no te preocupes, son cosas de niños don't worry, children are like that o do things like that
    E
    (incumbencia): no te metas, no es cosa tuya stay out of it, it's none of your business
    no te preocupes, eso es cosa mía don't worry, I'll handle it
    eso es cosa de mujeres that's women's work
    déjalo que se vista como quiera, eso es cosa suya let him wear what he wants, it's up to him o that's his business
    F ( euf) (pene) thing ( euph)
    G ( Col arg) (marihuana) grass
    H
    (en locuciones): cosa de ( AmS fam); to, so as to
    me fui a dormir cosa de olvidarme I went to bed (so as) to forget about it
    cosa que ( AmS fam); so that
    lo anotaré aquí, cosa que no se me olvide I'll jot it down here so (that) I don't forget
    no sea or no vaya a ser cosa que: llévate el paraguas, no sea cosa que llueva take your umbrella just in case it rains
    átalo, no sea cosa que se escape tie it up so that it doesn't get away
    mejor vamos ahora, no sea cosa que nos quedemos sin entradas we'd better go now, we don't want to get there and find there are no tickets left
    igual cosa ( Chi): tuvo un hijo varón, igual cosa su hermana she had a baby boy, and so did her sister o just like her sister
    dos horas/diez toneladas o cosa así two hours/ten tons or so
    cada cosa a su tiempo one thing at a time
    como quien no quiere la cosa: menciónaselo como quien no quiere la cosa mention it to him casually o in passing, just slip it into the conversation
    como si tal cosa: no puedes irte como si tal cosa you can't go just like that o as if nothing had happened
    le dije que era peligroso y siguió como si tal cosa I told him it was dangerous but he just carried on o he carried on regardless
    cosa de … ( fam): es cosa de unos minutos it'll (only) take a couple of minutes
    es cosa de esperar, nada más it's just a question o a matter of time, that's all
    hace cosa de cuatro años que murió it's about o it's some four years since he died
    no está muy lejos, cosa de dos kilómetros it's not very far, about two kilometers
    cosa fina ( Esp fam): los trenes en este país son cosa fina the trains in this country are really something o are something else ( colloq)
    nos divertimos cosa fina we had a whale of a time ( colloq)
    darle cosa a algn ( fam): me da cosa comer caracoles/ver sangre eating snails/the sight of blood makes me feel funny
    me da cosa pedirle tanto dinero I feel awkward asking him for so much money
    decirle a algn un par de or cuatro cosas ( fam); to tell sb a thing or two
    decir una cosa por otra to say one thing but mean another
    gran cosa ( fam): la comida no fue gran cosa the food was nothing to write home about o nothing special ( colloq)
    su novio/la película no es or vale gran cosa her boyfriend/the movie is no great shakes ( colloq)
    poca cosa: es un niño delgado y poquita cosa he's a thin child, not much to look at
    ella tan brillante y él tan poca cosa she's so brilliant and he's so mediocre, she's so brilliant but he's not up to much o he's pretty run-of-the-mill ( colloq)
    le dejó algo de dinero, pero poca cosa she left him some money, but not a vast amount o not much
    un trabajo así es muy poca cosa para ella a job like that isn't good enough for her
    poner las cosas en su sitio or lugar to put o set the record straight
    ser cosa hecha (CS); to be a foregone conclusion
    ser/parecer otra cosa: ¡esto es otra cosa!, ahora si que se oye bien this is much better! o this is more like it! you can hear it really well now
    con ese nuevo peinado ya parece otra cosa with her new hairstyle she looks a new woman
    ¡eso es otra cosa! si tú invitas sí que voy ah, that's different! o ( colloq) that's another kettle of fish! if you're paying, I will go
    las cosas claras y el chocolate espeso I like to know where I stand
    * * *

     

    Del verbo coser: ( conjugate coser)

    cosa es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    cosa    
    coser
    cosa sustantivo femenino
    1 ( en general) thing;

    ¿alguna otra cosa? anything else?;
    pon cada cosa en su lugar put everything in its place;
    entre una(s) cosa(s) y otra(s) … what with one thing and another …;
    ¡qué cosas dices! really, what a thing to say!;
    dime una cosa … tell me something …;
    tengo que contarte una cosa there's something I have to tell you;
    fue cosa fácil it was easy;
    se enfada por cualquier cosa he gets angry over the slightest thing;
    si por cualquier cosa no puedes venir if you can't come for any reason;
    por una cosa o por otra for one reason or another;
    esto no es cosa de risa/broma this is no laughing matter/no joke
    2
    ◊ cosas sustantivo femenino plural ( pertenencias) things (pl);

    mis cosas de deporte my sports things
    3 (situación, suceso):
    ◊ así están las cosas that's how things are o stand;

    la cosa se pone fea things are starting to get unpleasant;
    ¿cómo (te) van las cosas? how are things?;
    son cosas de la vida that's life!;
    ¡qué cosa más extraña! how strange o funny!
    4
    a) (fam) ( ocurrencia):

    ◊ ¡tienes cada cosa! the things you come up (AmE) o (BrE) out with!;

    esto es cosa de tu padre this is your father's doing o idea


    son cosas de Ana that's one of Ana's little ways
    5 ( asunto):

    no te preocupes, eso es cosa mía don't worry, I'll handle it
    6 ( en locs)
    ◊ cosa de (AmS fam) so as to;

    cosa de terminarlo so as to finish it;
    cosa que (AmS fam) so that;
    cosa que no me olvide so that I don't forget;
    no sea cosa que: llévate el paraguas, no sea cosa que llueva take your umbrella just in case;
    átalo, no sea cosa que se escape tie it up so that it doesn't get away;
    ser cosa de … (fam): es cosa de unos minutos it'll (only) take a couple of minutes;
    es cosa de intentarlo you just have to give it a go
    coser ( conjugate coser) verbo transitivo
    a) ‹ dobladillo› to sew;

    ‹ botón› to sew on;
    ‹ agujero› to sew (up);

    b) ‹ herida› to stitch

    verbo intransitivo
    to sew
    cosa sustantivo femenino
    1 thing: no hay otra cosa que comer, there's nothing else to eat
    2 (asunto) matter, business: es cosa mía, that's my business
    eso es otra cosa, that's different
    no hay cosa más importante que tu felicidad, there is nothing more important than your happiness
    2 cosas, (asuntos) affairs
    cosas de chiquillos, kids' stuff
    cosas de mayores, grown-up stuff
    ¡cosas de la vida!, that's life!
    3 (ocurrencias) ¡qué cosas tienes!, what a weird idea!
    ♦ Locuciones: el apartamento no es gran cosa, the apartment is not up to much
    lo que son las cosas, would you believe it
    no he visto cosa igual, I've never seen anything like it
    decir cuatro cosas, to tell a few home truths
    ser cosa de, to be a matter of: es cosa de tener paciencia, it's a matter of patience
    (como) cosa de, about: hace (como) cosa de una hora, about an hour ago
    coser verbo transitivo
    1 to sew
    2 Med to stitch up
    ♦ Locuciones: familiar es coser y cantar, it's a piece of cake
    ' cosa' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    absurda
    - absurdo
    - arder
    - bicoca
    - carroña
    - chisme
    - chollo
    - como
    - conformarse
    - consigo
    - cual
    - cualquier
    - cualquiera
    - cuidada
    - cuidado
    - cuya
    - cuyo
    - debilidad
    - dejar
    - él
    - ella
    - esmerada
    - esmerado
    - exquisitez
    - frivolidad
    - indemne
    - la
    - le
    - limitarse
    - mamarrachada
    - más
    - menuda
    - menudo
    - mía
    - mío
    - muchachada
    - nada
    - niñería
    - novedad
    - pedir
    - pegajosa
    - pegajoso
    - pegote
    - pillar
    - plantar
    - preciosidad
    - preguntar
    - presidir
    - prodigio
    - propia
    English:
    absence
    - annoyance
    - anything
    - arrival
    - article
    - attraction
    - available
    - awkward
    - blissful
    - bore
    - brittle
    - bulk
    - certainty
    - clip
    - clumsy
    - come across
    - commonplace
    - compromise
    - confuse
    - connection
    - convenient
    - dead wood
    - deficiency
    - defunct
    - demise
    - discreet
    - disposable
    - ditch
    - drag
    - dream
    - else
    - escape
    - fall off
    - film
    - get back
    - gullible
    - helpful
    - hulk
    - invention
    - joke
    - laugh
    - lemon
    - liable
    - lodge
    - love
    - lust
    - misplaced
    - more
    - necessity
    - need
    * * *
    ♦ nf
    1. [objeto, idea] thing;
    comprar unas cosas en el mercado to buy a few things at the market;
    alguna cosa anything;
    ¿quieres alguna cosa? is there anything you want?;
    ¿quiere usted alguna otra cosa o [m5] alguna cosa más? do you want anything else?;
    cualquier cosa anything;
    venden recuerdos, postales y cosas así they sell souvenirs, postcards and so on o and the like;
    una cosa, ¿podrías venir mañana? by the way, could you come tomorrow?;
    escucha, una cosa, ¿por qué no te quedas esta noche? listen, I've an idea, why don't you stay here tonight?;
    tengo que decirte una cosa I've got something to tell you;
    dime una cosa, ¿qué opinas de ella? tell me (something), what do you think of her?;
    es la cosa más natural del mundo it's the most natural thing in the world, it's completely normal;
    ¡esas cosas no se dicen! you mustn't say things like that!;
    ¡esas cosas no se hacen! it just isn't done!;
    este vino es cosa fina this wine is good stuff;
    ¡habráse visto cosa igual! have you ever seen the like of it!;
    fue una cosa nunca vista it was really out of the ordinary;
    no hay tal cosa on the contrary;
    ¡qué cosa! how strange!;
    ¡qué cosa más o [m5] tan extraña! how strange!;
    no te preocupes, no es gran cosa don't worry, it's not important o it's no big deal;
    este cuadro no vale gran cosa this painting isn't up to much;
    te han dejado poca cosa they haven't left you much, they've hardly left you anything;
    un bocadillo es poca cosa para un chico tan voraz como él a sandwich is very little for a hungry boy like him;
    nos hemos comprado un apartamento, muy poquita cosa we've bought Br a flat o US an apartment, but it's nothing fancy;
    es guapo, pero muy poquita cosa he's good-looking, but he hasn't got much of a body;
    decir cuatro cosas a alguien: cuando lo vea le voy a decir cuatro cosas when I next see him I'm going to give him a piece of my mind;
    llamar a las cosas por su nombre [hablar sin rodeos] to call a spade a spade;
    llamemos a las cosas por su nombre,… let's be honest about it,…
    2. [asunto]
    tengo muchas cosas que hacer I've got a lot (of things) to do;
    entre unas cosas y otras what with one thing and another;
    por unas cosas o por otras, no nos quedó tiempo de escribirte for one reason or another we didn't have time to write to you;
    la cosa es que ahora no quiere firmar el contrato the thing is she doesn't want to sign the contract any more;
    está muy enfadada, y la cosa no es para menos, le han robado el coche she's very angry and with good reason, she's had her car stolen;
    cada cosa a su tiempo one thing at a time;
    no me preguntes por qué no queda comida, es cosa de los niños don't ask me why there's no food left, ask the children;
    esto es cosa de magia, estoy seguro de que ayer lo dejé aquí this is most strange, I could swear I left it here yesterday;
    no es cosa de risa it's no laughing matter;
    eso de cambiar de trabajo es cosa de pensárselo changing jobs is something you need to think about carefully;
    es cosa de tener paciencia it's a question of being patient;
    no era cosa de presentarse sin avisar you couldn't just turn up without warning;
    con el ambiente de seriedad que había, no era cosa de contar un chiste given the seriousness of the atmosphere, it was neither the time nor the place to tell a joke;
    eso es cosa mía that's my affair o business;
    no te metas en la discusión, que no es cosa tuya you keep out of the argument, it's none of your business;
    eso es cosa fácil that's easy;
    convencerle no será cosa fácil it won't be easy o it'll be no easy task to convince him;
    esto es cosa seria this is a serious matter;
    eso es otra cosa that's another matter;
    ¡eso es otra cosa!, esa camisa te sienta mucho mejor that's more like it, that shirt suits you much better!
    3. [situación]
    las cosas no van muy bien últimamente things haven't been going very well recently;
    …y así es como están las cosas …and that's how things are at the moment;
    ¿cómo van las cosas? how are o how's things?;
    estas cosas no pasarían si fuéramos más cuidadosos these things wouldn't happen if we were more careful;
    Fam
    la cosa se pone fea things are getting ugly, there's trouble brewing;
    Fam
    la cosa está que arde things are reaching boiling point
    Fam
    las cosas de palacio van despacio these things usually take some time;
    4. [ocurrencia] funny remark;
    se le ocurren cosas graciosísimas she comes out with some really funny stuff o remarks;
    ¡qué cosas tienes! you do say some funny things!
    5. [comportamiento]
    son cosas de mamá that's just the way Mum is, that's just one of Mum's little idiosyncrasies;
    no les riñas, son cosas de niños don't tell them off, children are like that;
    tenemos que aceptar su muerte, son cosas de la vida we have to accept her death, it's one of those things (that happen)
    6. [en frases negativas] [nada]
    no hay cosa peor que la hipocresía there's nothing worse than hypocrisy;
    no hay cosa que me reviente más que su falta de interés there's nothing (that) annoys me more than her lack of interest, what annoys me most is her lack of interest
    7. Fam [reparo]
    me da cosa decírselo I'm a bit uneasy about telling him;
    el olor a hospital me da cosa the smell of hospitals makes me feel uneasy
    8. Méx [genitales] packet, Br lunchbox
    9. Comp
    o cosa así: [m5] tendrá treinta años o cosa así he must be thirty or thereabouts;
    (como) cosa de [aproximadamente] about;
    tardará (como) cosa de tres semanas it'll take about three weeks;
    a cosa hecha: se presentó al examen a cosa hecha he took o Br sat the exam convinced he would pass;
    hacer algo como quien no quiere la cosa [disimuladamente] to do sth innocently;
    [sin querer] to do sth almost without realizing it;
    como si tal cosa as if nothing had happened;
    ser cosa de oír/ver: las declaraciones del ganador son cosa de oír the winner's remarks are worth hearing;
    esta exposición es cosa de ver this exhibition is really worth seeing;
    Esp Fam
    cosa mala: me apetece ver esa película cosa mala I'm dying to see that movie o Br film, Br I want to see that film something chronic;
    está lloviendo cosa mala it's pouring down, Br it's chucking it down;
    me gusta cosa mala I fancy the pants off her, Br I fancy her something chronic;
    Fam
    a otra cosa, mariposa that's enough about that, let's change the subject;
    es cosa rara que se equivoque it's very rare for her to make a mistake;
    no ha llegado todavía, cosa rara porque siempre es muy puntual he hasn't arrived yet, which is strange, as he's usually very punctual;
    ni cosa que se le parezca nor anything of the kind;
    no sea cosa que: ten cuidado, no sea cosa que te vayas a caer be careful or you'll fall;
    se lo diré yo, no sea cosa que se vaya a enterar por otra persona I'll tell him because I wouldn't want him to find out from somebody else;
    no ser cosa del otro mundo o [m5] del otro jueves to be nothing special;
    Fam
    las cosas claras y el chocolate espeso stop beating around the bush, tell me things as they are;
    las cosas como son, nunca vas a aprobar ese examen let's face it, you're never going to pass that exam;
    ¡lo que son las cosas! it's a funny old world!;
    ♦ cosas nfpl
    [pertenencias, utensilios] things;
    tras su muerte, metieron sus cosas en un baúl after his death, they put his things o belongings in a trunk;
    ¿dónde guardas las cosas de pescar? where do you keep your fishing things o tackle?
    * * *
    f thing;
    ¿sabes una cosa? do you know something?;
    alguna cosa something;
    ser cosa fina be really something fam, be something else fam ;
    son cosas que pasan these things happen;
    son cosas de la vida that’s life;
    entre otras cosas among other things;
    como si tal cosa as if nothing had happened;
    decir a alguien cuatro cosas give s.o. a piece of one’s mind;
    eso es otra cosa that’s another matter;
    ¿qué pasa? – poca cosa what’s new? – nothing much;
    cosa de about;
    hace cosa de un año about a year ago;
    le dijo que había ganado la lotería como quien no quiere la cosa he told her that he had won the lottery as though it happened to him every day;
    este pintor no es gran cosa he’s not much of a painter;
    no hay tal cosa there’s no such thing;
    ¡qué cosa! that’s odd o strange!;
    lo que son las cosas well, well!, imagine that!;
    cosa rara oddly enough, strangely enough;
    son cosas de Juan that’s typical of Juan, that’s Juan all over
    * * *
    cosa nf
    1) : thing, object
    2) : matter, affair
    3)
    otra cosa : anything else, something else
    * * *
    cosa n
    1. (en general) thing
    2. (algo) something
    ¿quieres comer alguna cosa? do you want something to eat?
    3. (nada) nothing
    4. (asunto) affair / matter
    ¡no te metas en mis cosas! don't interfere in my affairs!
    no ser gran cosa to be nothing much / not to be important

    Spanish-English dictionary > cosa

  • 12 ὁ

    ὁ, ἡ, τό pl. οἱ, αἱ, τά article, derived fr. a demonstrative pronoun, ‘the’. Since the treatment of the inclusion and omission of the art. belongs to the field of grammar, the lexicon can limit itself to exhibiting the main features of its usage. It is difficult to set hard and fast rules for the employment of the art., since the writer’s style had special freedom of play here—Kühner-G. I p. 589ff; B-D-F §249–76; Mlt. 80–84; Rob. 754–96; W-S. §17ff; Rdm.2 112–18; Abel §28–32; HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 642ff; FVölker, Syntax d. griech. Papyri I, Der Artikel, Progr. d. Realgymn. Münster 1903; FEakin, AJP 37, 1916, 333ff; CMiller, ibid. 341ff; EColwell, JBL 52, ’33, 12–21 (for a critique s. Mlt-H.-Turner III 183f); ASvensson, D. Gebr. des bestimmten Art. in d. nachklass. Epik ’37; RFink, The Syntax of the Greek Article ’53; JRoberts, Exegetical Helps, The Greek Noun with and without the Article: Restoration Qtly 14, ’71, 28–44; HTeeple, The Greek Article with Personal Names in the Synoptic Gospels: NTS 19, ’73, 302–17; Mussies 186–97.
    ① this one, that one, the art. funct. as demonstrative pronoun
    ⓐ in accordance w. epic usage (Hes., Works 450: ἡ=this [voice]) in the quot. fr. Arat., Phaenom. 5 τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν for we are also his (lit. this One’s) offspring Ac 17:28.
    ⓑ ὁ μὲν … ὁ δέ the one … the other (Polyaenus 6, 2, 1 ὁ μὲν … ὁ δὲ … ὁ δε; PSI 512, 21 [253 B.C.]); pl. οἱ μὲν … οἱ δέ (PSI 341, 9 [256 B.C.]; TestJob 29:1) some … others w. ref. to a noun preceding: ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος … οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις Ac 14:4; 17:32; 28:24; 1 Cor 7:7; Gal 4:23; Phil 1:16f. Also without such a relationship expressed τοὺς μὲν ἀποστόλους, τοὺς δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς Eph 4:11. οἱ μὲν … ὁ δέ Hb 7:5f, 20f. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι (δέ) J 7:12. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι δὲ … ἕτεροι δέ Mt 16:14. τινὲς … οἱ δέ Ac 17:18 (cp. Pla., Leg. 1, 627a; 2, 658 B.; Aelian, VH 2, 34; Palaeph. 6, 5).—Mt 26:67; 28:17 οἱ δέ introduces a second class; just before this, instead of the first class, the whole group is mentioned (cp. X., Hell. 1, 2, 14, Cyr. 3, 2, 12; KMcKay, JSNT 24, ’85, 71f)= but some (as Arrian, Anab. 5, 2, 7; 5, 14, 4; Lucian, Tim. 4 p. 107; Hesych. Miles. [VI A.D.]: 390 Fgm. 1, 35 end Jac.).
    ⓒ To indicate the progress of the narrative, ὁ δέ, οἱ δέ but he, but they (lit. this one, they) is also used without ὁ μέν preceding (likew. Il. 1, 43; Pla., X.; also Clearchus, Fgm. 76b τὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν=but this man said; pap examples in Mayser II/1, 1926, 57f) e.g. Mt 2:9, 14; 4:4; 9:31; Mk 14:31 (cp. Just., A II, 2, 3). ὁ μὲν οὖν Ac 23:18; 28:5. οἱ μὲν οὖν 1:6; 5:41; 15:3, 30.—JO’Rourke, Paul’s Use of the Art. as a Pronoun, CBQ 34, ’72, 59–65.
    ② the, funct. to define or limit an entity, event, or state
    ⓐ w. nouns
    α. w. appellatives, or common nouns, where, as in Pla., Thu., Demosth. et al., the art. has double significance, specific or individualizing, and generic.
    א. In its individualizing use it focuses attention on a single thing or single concept, as already known or otherwise more definitely limited: things and pers. that are unique in kind: ὁ ἥλιος, ἡ σελήνη, ὁ οὐρανός, ἡ γῆ, ἡ θάλασσα, ὁ κόσμος, ἡ κτίσις, ὁ θεός (BWeiss [s. on θεός, beg.]), ὁ διάβολος, ὁ λόγος (J 1:1, 14), τὸ φῶς, ἡ σκοτία, ἡ ζωή, ὁ θάνατος etc. (but somet. the art. is omitted, esp. when nouns are used w. preps.; B-D-F §253, 1–4; Rob. 791f; Mlt-Turner 171). ἐν συναγωγῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ J 18:20.—Virtues, vices, etc. (contrary to Engl. usage): ἡ ἀγάπη, ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἡ σοφία et al.—The individualizing art. stands before a common noun that was previously mentioned (without the art.): τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους Lk 9:16 (after πέντε ἄρτοι vs. 13). τὸ βιβλίον 4:17b (after βιβλίον, vs. 17a), τοὺς μάγους Mt 2:7 (after μάγοι, vs. 1). J 4:43 (40); 12:6 (5); 20:1 (19:41); Ac 9:17 (11); Js 2:3 (2); Rv 15:6 (1).—The individ. art. also stands before a common noun which, in a given situation, is given special attention as the only or obvious one of its kind (Hipponax [VI B.C.] 13, 2 West=D.3 16 ὁ παῖς the [attending] slave; Diod S 18, 29, 2 ὁ ἀδελφός=his brother; Artem. 4, 71 p. 245, 19 ἡ γυνή=your wife; ApcEsdr 6:12 p. 31, 17 μετὰ Μωσῆ … ἐν τῷ ὄρει [Sinai]; Demetr. (?): 722 fgm 7 Jac. [in Eus., PE 9, 19, 4] ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος [Moriah]) τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ to the attendant (who took care of the synagogue) Lk 4:20. εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα into the basin (that was there for the purpose) J 13:5. ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄνθρωπο here is this (wretched) man 19:5. ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης or ἐλευθέρας by the (well-known) slave woman or the free woman (Hagar and Sarah) Gal 4:22f. τὸν σῖτον Ac 27:38. ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9 (s. ἐπιστολή) τὸ ὄρος the mountain (nearby) Mt 5:1; 8:1; 14:23; Mk 3:13; 6:46; Lk 6:12; 9:28 al.; ἡ πεισμονή this (kind of) persuasion Gal 5:8. ἡ μαρτυρία the (required) witness or testimony J 5:36.—The art. takes on the idea of κατʼ ἐξοχήν ‘par excellence’ (Porphyr., Abst. 24, 7 ὁ Αἰγύπτιος) ὁ ἐρχόμενος the one who is (was) to come or the coming one par excellence=The Messiah Mt 11:3; Lk 7:19. ὁ προφήτης J 1:21, 25; 7:40. ὁ διδάσκαλος τ. Ἰσραήλ 3:10 (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 5, 18 of Socrates: ὁ τῆς Ἑλλάδος διδάσκαλος); cp. MPol 12:2. With things (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Μάρπησσα: οἱ λίθοι=the famous stones [of the Parian Marble]) ἡ κρίσις the (last) judgment Mt 12:41. ἡ ἡμέρα the day of decision 1 Cor 3:13; (cp. Mi 4:6 Mt); Hb 10:25. ἡ σωτηρία (our) salvation at the consummation of the age Ro 13:11.
    ב. In its generic use it singles out an individual who is typical of a class, rather than the class itself: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος Mt 12:35. κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 15:11. ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικός 18:17. ὁ ἐργάτης Lk 10:7. ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ J 2:25. τὰ σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου 2 Cor 12:12. ὁ κληρονόμος Gal 4:1. So also in parables and allegories: ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης Mt 24:43. Cp. J 10:11b, 12. The generic art. in Gk. is often rendered in Engl. by the indef. art. or omitted entirely.
    β. The use of the art. w. personal names is varied; as a general rule the presence of the art. w. a personal name indicates that the pers. is known; without the art. focus is on the name as such (s. Dssm., BPhW 22, 1902, 1467f; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Art. b. d. Eigennamen [im NT]: StKr 86, 1913, 349–89). Nevertheless, there is an unmistakable drift in the direction of Mod. Gk. usage, in which every proper name has the art. (B-D-F §260; Rob. 759–61; Mlt-Turner 165f). The ms. tradition varies considerably. In the gospels the art. is usu. found w. Ἰησοῦς; yet it is commonly absent when Ἰ. is accompanied by an appositive that has the art. Ἰ. ὁ Γαλιλαῖος Mt 26:69; Ἰ. ὁ Ναζωραῖος vs. 71; Ἰ. ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 27:17, 22. Sim. Μαριὰμ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰ. Ac 1:14. The art. somet. stands before oblique cases of indecl. proper names, apparently to indicate their case (B-D-F §260, 2; Rob. 760). But here, too, there is no hard and fast rule.—HTeeple, NTS 19, ’73, 302–17 (synopt.).
    γ. The art. is customarily found w. the names of countries (B-D-F §261, 4; W-S. § 18, 5 d; Rob. 759f); less freq. w. names of cities (B-D-F §261, 1; 2; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 170–72). W. Ἰερουσαλήμ, Ἱεροσόλυμα it is usu. absent (s. Ἱεροσόλυμα); it is only when this name has modifiers that it must have the art. ἡ νῦν Ἰ. Gal 4:25; ἡ ἄνω Ἰ. vs. 26; ἡ καινὴ Ἰ. Rv 3:12. But even in this case it lacks the art. when the modifier follows: Hb 12:22.—Names of rivers have the art. ὁ Ἰορδάνης, ὁ Εὐφράτης, ὁ Τίβερις Hv 1, 1, 2 (B-D-F §261, 8; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 172). Likew. names of seas ὁ Ἀδρίας Ac 27:27.
    δ. The art. comes before nouns that are accompanied by the gen. of a pronoun (μοῦ, σοῦ, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτοῦ, ἑαυτοῦ, αὐτῶν) Mt 1:21, 25; 5:45; 6:10–12; 12:49; Mk 9:17; Lk 6:27; 10:7; 16:6; Ro 4:19; 6:6 and very oft. (only rarely is it absent: Mt 19:28; Lk 1:72; 2:32; 2 Cor 8:23; Js 5:20 al.).
    ε. When accompanied by the possessive pronouns ἐμός, σός, ἡμέτερος, ὑμέτερος the noun always has the art., and the pron. stands mostly betw. art. and noun: Mt 18:20; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:26; Ac 26:5; Ro 3:7 and oft. But only rarely so in John: J 4:42; 5:47; 7:16. He prefers to repeat the article w. the possessive following the noun ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμή J 5:30; cp. 7:6; 17:17; 1J 1:3 al.
    ζ. Adjectives (or participles), when they modify nouns that have the art., also come either betw. the art. and noun: ἡ ἀγαθὴ μερίς Lk 10:42; τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 12:10; Ac 1:8; ἡ δικαία κρίσις J 7:24 and oft., or after the noun w. the art. repeated τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Mk 3:29; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15. ἡ ζωὴ ἡ αἰώνιος 1J 1:2; 2:25. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν Ac 12:10. Only rarely does an adj. without the art. stand before a noun that has an art. (s. B-D-F §270, 1; Rob. 777; Mlt-Turner 185f): ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ 1 Cor 11:5. εἶπεν μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ Ac 14:10 v.l.; cp. 26:24. κοιναῖς ταῖς χερσίν Mk 7:5 D.—Double modifier τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; 9:13. ἡ πόρνη ἡ μεγάλη ἡ καθημένη 17:1.—Mk 5:36 τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον is prob. a wrong rdg. (B has τὸν λαλ., D τοῦτον τὸν λ. without λαλούμενον).—On the art. w. ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς s. the words in question.
    η. As in the case of the poss. pron. (ε) and adj. (ζ), so it is w. other expressions that can modify a noun: ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις Ro 9:11. ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη 11:27. ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ εἰς ζωήν Ro 7:10. ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8. ἡ διακονία ἡ εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 2 Cor 8:4.
    θ. The art. precedes the noun when a demonstrative pron. (ὅδε, οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging with it comes before or after; e.g.: οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος Lk 14:30; J 9:24. οὗτος ὁ λαός Mk 7:6. οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου Lk 15:24. οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 18:11 and oft. ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος Mk 14:71; Lk 2:25; 23:4, 14, 47. ὁ λαὸς οὗτος Mt 15:8. ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος Lk 15:30 and oft.—ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμέρα Mt 7:22; 22:46. ἐκ. ἡ ὥρα 10:19; 18:1; 26:55. ἐκ. ὁ καιρός 11:25; 12:1; 14:1. ἐκ. ὁ πλάνος 27:63 and oft. ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη Mt 7:25, 27. ἡ ὥρα ἐκ. 8:13; 9:22; ἡ γῆ ἐκ. 9:26, 31; ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκ. 13:1. ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκ. vs. 44 and oft.—ὁ αὐτός s. αὐτός 3b.
    ι. An art. before a nom. noun makes it a vocative (as early as Hom.; s. KBrugman4-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 431; Schwyzer II 63f; B-D-F §147; Rob. 769. On the LXX Johannessohn, Kasus 14f.—ParJer 1:1 Ἰερεμία ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου; 7:2 χαῖρε Βαρούχι ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς πίστεως) ναί, ὁ πατήρ Mt 11:26. τὸ κοράσιον, ἔγειρε Mk 5:41. Cp. Mt 7:23; 27:29 v.l.; Lk 8:54; 11:39; 18:11, 13 (Goodsp, Probs. 85–87); J 19:3 and oft.
    ⓑ Adjectives become substantives by the addition of the art.
    α. ὁ πονηρός Eph 6:16. οἱ σοφοί 1 Cor 1:27. οἱ ἅγιοι, οἱ πλούσιοι, οἱ πολλοί al. Likew. the neut. τὸ κρυπτόν Mt 6:4. τὸ ἅγιον 7:6. τὸ μέσον Mk 3:3. τὸ θνητόν 2 Cor 5:4. τὰ ἀδύνατα Lk 18:27. τὸ ἔλαττον Hb 7:7. Also w. gen. foll. τὰ ἀγαθά σου Lk 16:25. τὸ μωρόν, τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 1:25; cp. vs. 27f. τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 1:19. τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ θεοῦ vs. 20. τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου 8:3. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 2 Cor 4:2.
    β. Adj. attributes whose noun is customarily omitted come to have substantive force and therefore receive the art. (B-D-F §241; Rob. 652–54) ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5; ἡ ξηρά 23:15 (i.e. γῆ). ἡ ἀριστερά, ἡ δεξιά (sc. χείρ) 6:3. ἡ ἐπιοῦσα (sc. ἡμέρα) Ac 16:11. ἡ ἔρημος (sc. χώρα) Mt 11:7.
    γ. The neut. of the adj. w. the art. can take on the mng. of an abstract noun (Thu. 1, 36, 1 τὸ δεδιός=fear; Herodian 1, 6, 9; 1, 11, 5 τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς παρθένου; M. Ant. 1, 1; Just., D. 27, 2 διὰ τὸ σκληροκάρδιον ὑμῶν καὶ ἀχάριστον εἰς αὐτόν) τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ God’s kindness Ro 2:4. τὸ δυνατόν power 9:22. τὸ σύμφορον benefit 1 Cor 7:35. τὸ γνήσιον genuineness 2 Cor 8:8. τὸ ἐπιεικές Phil 4:5 al.
    δ. The art. w. numerals indicates, as in Il. 5, 271f; X. et al. (HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 662ff), that a part of a number already known is being mentioned (Diod S 18, 10, 2 τρεῖς μὲν φυλὰς … τὰς δὲ ἑπτά=‘but the seven others’; Plut., Cleom. 804 [8, 4] οἱ τέσσαρες=‘the other four’; Polyaenus 6, 5 οἱ τρεῖς=‘the remaining three’; Diog. L. 1, 82 Βίας προκεκριμένος τῶν ἑπτά=Bias was preferred before the others of the seven [wise men]. B-D-F §265): οἱ ἐννέα the other nine Lk 17:17. Cp. 15:4; Mt 18:12f. οἱ δέκα the other ten (disciples) 20:24; Mk 10:41; lepers Lk 17:17. οἱ πέντε … ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἄλλος five of them … one … the last one Rv 17:10.
    ⓒ The ptc. w. the art. receives
    α. the mng. of a subst. ὁ πειράζων the tempter Mt 4:3; 1 Th 3:5. ὁ βαπτίζων Mk 6:14. ὁ σπείρων Mt 13:3; Lk 8:5. ὁ ὀλεθρεύων Hb 11:28. τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:30, 34. τὸ αὐλούμενον 1 Cor 14:7. τὸ λαλούμενον vs. 9 (Just., D. 32, 3 τὸ ζητούμενον). τὰ γινόμενα Lk 9:7. τὰ ἐρχόμενα J 16:13. τὰ ἐξουθενημένα 1 Cor 1:28. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα (s. ὑπάρχω 1). In Engl. usage many of these neuters are transl. by a relative clause, as in β below. B-D-F §413; Rob. 1108f.
    β. the mng. of a relative clause (Ar. 4, 2 al. οἱ νομίζοντες) ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς whoever receives you Mt 10:40. τῷ τύπτοντί σε Lk 6:29. ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν J 15:23. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον τὸ δεδομένον (ὸ̔ δέδοται) Ac 4:12. τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς Gal 1:7. Cp. Lk 7:32; 18:9; J 12:12; Col 2:8; 1 Pt 1:7; 2J 7; Jd 4 al. So esp. after πᾶς: πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος everyone who becomes angry Mt 5:22. πᾶς ὁ κρίνων Ro 2:1 al. After μακάριος Mt 5:4, 6, 10. After οὐαὶ ὑμῖν Lk 6:25.
    ⓓ The inf. w. neut. art. (B-D-F §398ff; Rob. 1062–68) is used in a number of ways.
    α. It stands for a noun (B-D-F §399; Rob. 1062–66) τὸ (ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν) φαγεῖν Mt 15:20. τὸ (ἐκ νεκρῶν) ἀναστῆναι Mk 9:10. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν 12:33; cp. Ro 13:8. τὸ ποιῆσαι, τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 2 Cor 8:11. τὸ καθίσαι Mt 20:23. τὸ θέλειν Ro 7:18; 2 Cor 8:10.—Freq. used w. preps. ἀντὶ τοῦ, διὰ τό, διὰ τοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ, ἐν τῷ, ἕνεκεν τοῦ, ἕως τοῦ, μετὰ τό, πρὸ τοῦ, πρὸς τό etc.; s. the preps. in question (B-D-F §402–4; Rob. 1068–75).
    β. The gen. of the inf. w. the art., without a prep., is esp. frequent (B-D-F §400; Mlt. 216–18; Rob. 1066–68; DEvans, ClQ 15, 1921, 26ff). The use of this inf. is esp. common in Lk and Paul, less freq. in Mt and Mk, quite rare in other writers. The gen. stands
    א. dependent on words that govern the gen.: ἄξιον 1 Cor 16:4 (s. ἄξιος 1c). ἐξαπορηθῆναι τοῦ ζῆν 2 Cor 1:8. ἔλαχε τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι Lk 1:9 (cp. 1 Km 14:47 v.l. Σαοὺλ ἔλαχεν τοῦ βασιλεύειν).
    ב. dependent on a noun (B-D-F §400, 1; Rob. 1066f) ὁ χρόνος τοῦ τεκεῖν Lk 1:57. ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 2:6. ἐξουσία τοῦ πατεῖν 10:19. εὐκαιρία τοῦ παραδοῦναι 22:6. ἐλπὶς τοῦ σῴζεσθαι Ac 27:20; τοῦ μετέχειν 1 Cor 9:10. ἐπιποθία τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:23. χρείαν ἔχειν τοῦ διδάσκειν Hb 5:12. καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι 1 Pt 4:17. τ. ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι the power that enables him Phil 3:21. ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν zeal in desiring 2 Cor 8:11.
    ג. Somet. the connection w. the noun is very loose, and the transition to the consecutive sense (=result) is unmistakable (B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1066f): ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν Lk 2:21. ὀφειλέται … τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν Ro 8:12. εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι 1:24. ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 11:8. τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ δύνασθαι ὑπενεγκεῖν 1 Cor 10:13.
    ד. Verbs of hindering, ceasing take the inf. w. τοῦ μή (s. Schwyzer II 372 for earlier Gk; PGen 16, 23 [207 A.D.] κωλύοντες τοῦ μὴ σπείρειν; LXX; ParJer 2:5 φύλαξαι τοῦ μὴ σχίσαι τὰ ἱμάτιά σου): καταπαύειν Ac 14:18. κατέχειν Lk 4:42. κρατεῖσθαι 24:16. κωλύειν Ac 10:47. παύειν 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14). ὑποστέλλεσθαι Ac 20:20, 27. Without μή: ἐγκόπτεσθαι τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:22.
    ה. The gen. of the inf. comes after verbs of deciding, exhorting, commanding, etc. (1 Ch 19:19; ParJer 7:37 διδάσκων αὐτοὺ τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι) ἐγένετο γνώμης Ac 20:3. ἐντέλλεσθαι Lk 4:10 (Ps 90:11). ἐπιστέλλειν Ac 15:20. κατανεύειν Lk 5:7. κρίνειν Ac 27:1. παρακαλεῖν 21:12. προσεύχεσθαι Js 5:17. τὸ πρόσωπον στηρίζειν Lk 9:51. συντίθεσθαι Ac 23:20.
    ו. The inf. w. τοῦ and τοῦ μή plainly has final (=purpose) sense (ParJer 5:2 ἐκάθισεν … τοῦ ἀναπαῆναι ὀλίγον; Soph., Lex. I 45f; B-D-F §400, 5 w. exx. fr. non-bibl. lit. and pap; Rob. 1067): ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν a sower went out to sow Mt 13:3. ζητεῖν τοῦ ἀπολέσαι = ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ 2:13. τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν Lk 1:77. τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας vs. 79. τοῦ σινιάσαι 22:31. τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν Ro 6:6. τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά Gal 3:10. τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτόν Phil 3:10. Cp. Mt 3:13; 11:1; 24:45; Lk 2:24, 27; 8:5; 24:29; Ac 3:2; 20:30; 26:18; Hb 10:7 (Ps 39:9); 11:5; GJs 2:3f; 24:1.—The apparently solecistic τοῦ πολεμῆσαι Ro 12:7 bears a Semitic tinge, cp. Hos 9:13 et al. (Mussies 96).—The combination can also express
    ז. consecutive mng. (result): οὐδὲ μετεμελήθητε τοῦ πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ you did not change your minds and believe him Mt 21:32. τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα Ro 7:3. τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ βρέφη ἔκθετα Ac 7:19. Cp. 3:12; 10:25.
    ⓔ The art. is used w. prepositional expressions (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 7 ὁ ἐν Περγάμῳ; 4, 36 ὁ ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010 recto, 8–12] οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις … οἱ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι καὶ μετεώροις; Tat. 31, 2 οἱ μὲν περὶ Κράτητα … οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἐρατοσθένη) τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς Ro 16:1. ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ Rv 1:4. τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν (w. place name) ἐκκλησίας 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (on these pass. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 42–45). τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ to those in the house Mt 5:15. πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς 6:9. οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας Hb 13:24. οἱ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Ro 8:1. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22. οἱ ἐξ εὐωνύμων Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον … τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; cp. 9:13. On 1:4 s. ref in B-D-F §136, 1 to restoration by Nestle. οἱ παρʼ αὐτοῦ Mk 3:21. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ Mt 12:3. οἱ περὶ αὐτόν Mk 4:10; Lk 22:49 al.—Neut. τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου pieces of wreckage fr. the ship Ac 27:44 (difft. FZorell, BZ 9, 1911, 159f). τὰ περί τινος Lk 24:19, 27; Ac 24:10; Phil 1:27 (Tat. 32, 2 τὰ περὶ θεοῦ). τὰ περί τινα 2:23. τὰ κατʼ ἐμέ my circumstances Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον what (was to be done) according to the law Lk 2:39. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν Ro 12:18. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 15:17; Hb 2:17; 5:1 (X., Resp. Lac. 13, 11 ἱερεῖ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεούς, στρατηγῷ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους). τὰ παρʼ αὐτῶν Lk 10:7. τὸ ἐν ἐμοί the (child) in me GJs 12:2 al.
    ⓕ w. an adv. or adverbial expr. (1 Macc 8:3) τὸ ἔμπροσθεν Lk 19:4. τὸ ἔξωθεν Mt 23:25. τὸ πέραν Mt 8:18, 28. τὰ ἄνω J 8:23; Col 3:1f. τὰ κάτω J 8:23. τὰ ὀπίσω Mk 13:16. τὰ ὧδε matters here Col 4:9. ὁ πλησίον the neighbor Mt 5:43. οἱ καθεξῆς Ac 3:24. τὸ κατὰ σάρκα Ro 9:5. τὸ ἐκ μέρους 1 Cor 13:10.—Esp. w. indications of time τό, τὰ νῦν s. νῦν 2b. τὸ πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2. τὸ λοιπόν 1 Cor 7:29; Phil 3:1. τὸ πρῶτον J 10:40; 12:16; 19:39. τὸ πρότερον 6:62; Gal 4:13. τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν daily Lk 11:3.—τὸ πλεῖστον at the most 1 Cor 14:27.
    ⓖ The art. w. the gen. foll. denotes a relation of kinship, ownership, or dependence: Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου Mt 10:2 (Thu. 4, 104 Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου [sc. υἱός]; Plut., Timol. 3, 2; Appian, Syr. 26 §123 Σέλευκος ὁ Ἀντιόχου; Jos., Bell. 5, 5; 11). Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου Lk 24:10. ἡ τοῦ Οὐρίου the wife of Uriah Mt 1:6. οἱ Χλόης Chloë’s people 1 Cor 1:11. οἱ Ἀριστοβούλου, οἱ Ναρκίσσου Ro 16:10f. οἱ αὐτοῦ Ac 16:33. οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Cor 15:23; Gal 5:24. Καισάρεια ἡ Φιλίππου Caesarea Philippi i.e. the city of Philip Mk 8:27.—τό, τά τινος someone’s things, affairs, circumstances (Thu. 4, 83 τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου; Parthenius 1, 6; Appian, Syr. 16 §67 τὰ Ῥωμαίων) τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, τῶν ἀνθρώπων Mt 16:23; 22:21; Mk 8:33; cp. 1 Cor 2:11. τὰ τῆς σαρκός, τοῦ πνεύματος Ro 8:5; cp. 14:19; 1 Cor 7:33f; 13:11. τὰ ὑμῶν 2 Cor 12:14. τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας μου 11:30. τὰ τοῦ νόμου what the law requires Ro 2:14. τὸ τῆς συκῆς what has been done to the fig tree Mt 21:21; cp. 8:33. τὰ ἑαυτῆς its own advantage 1 Cor 13:5; cp. Phil 2:4, 21. τὸ τῆς παροιμίας what the proverb says 2 Pt 2:22 (Pla., Theaet. 183e τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου; Menand., Dyscolus 633 τὸ τοῦ λόγου). ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house (so Field, Notes 50–56; Goodsp. Probs. 81–83; difft., ‘interests’, PTemple, CBQ 1, ’39, 342–52.—In contrast to the other synoptists, Luke does not elsewhere show Jesus ‘at home’.) Lk 2:49 (Lysias 12, 12 εἰς τὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ; Theocr. 2, 76 τὰ Λύκωνος; pap in Mayser II [1926] p. 8; POxy 523, 3 [II A.D.] an invitation to a dinner ἐν τοῖς Κλαυδίου Σαραπίωνος; PTebt 316 II, 23 [99 A.D.] ἐν τοῖς Ποτάμωνος; Esth 7:9; Job 18:19; Jos., Ant. 16, 302. Of the temple of a god Jos., C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός). Mt 20:15 is classified here by WHatch, ATR 26, ’44, 250–53; s. also ἐμός b.
    ⓗ The neut. of the art. stands
    α. before whole sentences or clauses (Epict. 4, 1, 45 τὸ Καίσαρος μὴ εἶναι φίλον; Prov. Aesopi 100 P. τὸ Οὐκ οἶδα; Jos., Ant. 10, 205; Just., D. 33, 2 τὸ γὰρ … [Ps 109:4]) τὸ Οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις κτλ. (quot. fr. the Decalogue) Mt 19:18; Ro 13:9. τὸ Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη (quot. fr. Is 53:12) Lk 22:37. Cp. Gal 5:14. τὸ Εἰ δύνῃ as far as your words ‘If you can’ are concerned Mk 9:23. Likew. before indirect questions (Vett. Val. 291, 14 τὸ πῶς τέτακται; Ael. Aristid. 45, 15 K. τὸ ὅστις ἐστίν; ParJer 6:15 τὸ πῶς ἀποστείλης; GrBar 8:6 τὸ πῶς ἐταπεινώθη; Jos., Ant. 20, 28 ἐπὶ πείρᾳ τοῦ τί φρονοῖεν; Pel.-Leg. p. 20, 32 τὸ τί γένηται; Mel., Fgm. 8, 2 [Goodsp. p. 311] τὸ δὲ πῶς λούονται) τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό Lk 1:62. τὸ τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν 9:46. τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 Th 4:1. Cp. Lk 19:48; 22:2, 4, 23f; Ac 4:21; 22:30; Ro 8:26; Hs 8, 1, 4.
    β. before single words which are taken fr. what precedes and hence are quoted, as it were (Epict. 1, 29, 16 τὸ Σωκράτης; 3, 23, 24; Hierocles 13 p. 448 ἐν τῷ μηδείς) τὸ ‘ἀνέβη’ Eph 4:9. τὸ ‘ἔτι ἅπαξ’ Hb 12:27. τὸ ‘Ἁγάρ’ Gal 4:25.
    ⓘ Other notable uses of the art. are
    α. the elliptic use, which leaves a part of a sentence accompanied by the art. to be completed fr. the context: ὁ τὰ δύο the man with the two (talents), i.e. ὁ τὰ δύο τάλαντα λαβών Mt 25:17; cp. vs. 22. τῷ τὸν φόρον Ro 13:7. ὁ τὸ πολύ, ὀλίγον the man who had much, little 2 Cor 8:15 after Ex 16:18 (cp. Lucian, Bis Accus. 9 ὁ τὴν σύριγγα [sc. ἔχων]; Arrian, Anab. 7, 8, 3 τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ [sc. ὁδόν]).
    β. Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9; s. καί 2h.
    γ. the fem. art. is found in a quite singular usage ἡ οὐαί (ἡ θλῖψις or ἡ πληγή) Rv 9:12; 11:14. Sim. ὁ Ἀμήν 3:14 (here the masc. art. is evidently chosen because of the alternate name for Jesus).
    ⓙ One art. can refer to several nouns connected by καί
    α. when various words, sing. or pl., are brought close together by a common art.: τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς Mt 2:4; cp. 16:21; Mk 15:1. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις κ. ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ Ac 1:8; cp. 8:1; Lk 5:17 al.—Even nouns of different gender can be united in this way (Aristoph., Eccl. 750; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 12 p. 37a οἱ δύο θεοί, of Apollo and Artemis; Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. c. 292; PTebt 14, 10 [114 B.C.]; En 18:14; EpArist 109) κατὰ τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας Col 2:22. Cp. Lk 1:6. εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμούς 14:23.
    β. when one and the same person has more than one attribute applied to him: πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν J 20:17. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ (ἡμῶν) Eph 5:20; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. Of Christ: τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ σωτῆρος 2 Pt 1:11; cp. 2:20; 3:18. τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Tit 2:13 (PGrenf II, 15 I, 6 [139 B.C.] of the deified King Ptolemy τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ εὐεργέτου καὶ σωτῆρος [ἐπιφανοῦς] εὐχαρίστου).
    γ. On the other hand, the art. is repeated when two different persons are named: ὁ φυτεύων καὶ ὁ ποτίζων 1 Cor 3:8. ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμών Ac 26:30.
    ⓚ In a fixed expression, when a noun in the gen. is dependent on another noun, the art. customarily appears twice or not at all: τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 3:16; πνεῦμα θεοῦ Ro 8:9. ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cor 2:17; λόγος θεοῦ 1 Th 2:13. ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου 2 Th 2:2; ἡμ. κ. 1 Th 5:2. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Mt 8:20; υἱ. ἀ. Hb 2:6. ἡ ἀνάστασις τῶν νεκρῶν Mt 22:31; ἀ. ν. Ac 23:6. ἡ κοιλία τῆς μητρός J 3:4; κ. μ. Mt 19:12.—APerry, JBL 68, ’49, 329–34; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 93–95.—DELG. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὁ

См. также в других словарях:

  • Child labor — is the employment of children at regular and sustained labour. This practice is considered exploitative by many countries and international organizations. Child labour was utilized to varying extents through most of history, but entered public… …   Wikipedia

  • Child-on-child sexual abuse — refers to a form of child sexual abuse in which a prepubescent child is sexually abused by one or more other children or adolescent youths, and in which no adult is directly involved. The term describes sexual activity between children that… …   Wikipedia

  • Age of consent — For other uses, see Age of consent (disambiguation). Sex and the law Social issues Age of consent · Antisexualis …   Wikipedia

  • Child abuse — Family law Entering into marriag …   Wikipedia

  • Child abduction — Family law Entering into marriag …   Wikipedia

  • AGE AND THE AGED — Old Age IN THE BIBLE Extreme longevity is attributed to the Fathers of Mankind (e.g., Methusaleh, 969 years) and the Fathers of the Israelite People (Abraham, 175; Isaac, 180; Jacob, 147; Moses, 120). By some, Genesis 6:3 is taken to mean that… …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • Child pyromaniac — A child pyromaniac is a child with an impulse control disorder that is primarily distinguished by a compulsion to set fires in order to relieve built up tension.[1] The term pyromania comes from the Greek words pyr (fire) and mania (madness).[2]… …   Wikipedia

  • Child labour — The first general laws against child labour, the Factory Acts, were passed in Britain in the first half of the 19th century. Children younger than nine were not allowed to work and the work day of youth under the age of 18 was limited to twelve… …   Wikipedia

  • Pregnancy over age 50 — has become more possible for women, due to recent advances in assisted reproductive technology, such as egg donation. Typically, a woman s fecundity ends with menopause, which by definition is 12 consecutive months without having had a period.… …   Wikipedia

  • Old age — Old people redirects here. For the Khmer Rouge term, see New People. For the song by Nirvana, see With the Lights Out. Old Woman Dozing by Nicolaes Maes (1656). Royal Museums of Fine Arts, Brussels Old age (also referred to as …   Wikipedia

  • International child abduction in Mexico — Coat of arms of Mexico Main article: International child abduction Mexico is amongst the world s most popular sources and destinations for international child abduction while also being widely regarded as having one of the least effective systems …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»